]> git.saurik.com Git - bison.git/blob - doc/bison.texinfo
1600bdabc0aa232e377d0d8c223c02cbea38036c
[bison.git] / doc / bison.texinfo
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename bison.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle Bison @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @c SMALL BOOK version
11 @c This edition has been formatted so that you can format and print it in
12 @c the smallbook format.
13 @c @smallbook
14
15 @c Set following if you want to document %default-prec and %no-default-prec.
16 @c This feature is experimental and may change in future Bison versions.
17 @c @set defaultprec
18
19 @ifnotinfo
20 @syncodeindex fn cp
21 @syncodeindex vr cp
22 @syncodeindex tp cp
23 @end ifnotinfo
24 @ifinfo
25 @synindex fn cp
26 @synindex vr cp
27 @synindex tp cp
28 @end ifinfo
29 @comment %**end of header
30
31 @copying
32
33 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} Bison (version @value{VERSION},
34 @value{UPDATED}), the @acronym{GNU} parser generator.
35
36 Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998,
37 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
38
39 @quotation
40 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
41 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
42 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
43 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
44 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
45 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
46 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
47
48 (a) The @acronym{FSF}'s Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy
49 and modify this @acronym{GNU} Manual, like @acronym{GNU} software.
50 Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for
51 @acronym{GNU} development.''
52 @end quotation
53 @end copying
54
55 @dircategory Software development
56 @direntry
57 * bison: (bison). @acronym{GNU} parser generator (Yacc replacement).
58 @end direntry
59
60 @titlepage
61 @title Bison
62 @subtitle The Yacc-compatible Parser Generator
63 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}, Bison Version @value{VERSION}
64
65 @author by Charles Donnelly and Richard Stallman
66
67 @page
68 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
69 @insertcopying
70 @sp 2
71 Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
72 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @*
73 Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA @*
74 Printed copies are available from the Free Software Foundation.@*
75 @acronym{ISBN} 1-882114-44-2
76 @sp 2
77 Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
78 @end titlepage
79
80 @contents
81
82 @ifnottex
83 @node Top
84 @top Bison
85 @insertcopying
86 @end ifnottex
87
88 @menu
89 * Introduction::
90 * Conditions::
91 * Copying:: The @acronym{GNU} General Public License says
92 how you can copy and share Bison
93
94 Tutorial sections:
95 * Concepts:: Basic concepts for understanding Bison.
96 * Examples:: Three simple explained examples of using Bison.
97
98 Reference sections:
99 * Grammar File:: Writing Bison declarations and rules.
100 * Interface:: C-language interface to the parser function @code{yyparse}.
101 * Algorithm:: How the Bison parser works at run-time.
102 * Error Recovery:: Writing rules for error recovery.
103 * Context Dependency:: What to do if your language syntax is too
104 messy for Bison to handle straightforwardly.
105 * Debugging:: Understanding or debugging Bison parsers.
106 * Invocation:: How to run Bison (to produce the parser source file).
107 * Other Languages:: Creating C++ and Java parsers.
108 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
109 * Table of Symbols:: All the keywords of the Bison language are explained.
110 * Glossary:: Basic concepts are explained.
111 * Copying This Manual:: License for copying this manual.
112 * Index:: Cross-references to the text.
113
114 @detailmenu
115 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
116
117 The Concepts of Bison
118
119 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
120 as mathematical ideas.
121 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
122 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
123 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
124 the name of an identifier, etc.).
125 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
126 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
127 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
128 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
129 how is the output used?
130 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
131 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
132
133 Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
134
135 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
136 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
137 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
138 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
139
140 Examples
141
142 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
143 a first example with no operator precedence.
144 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
145 Operator precedence is introduced.
146 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
147 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
148 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
149 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
150 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
151
152 Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
153
154 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
155 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
156 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
157 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
158 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
159 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
160 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
161
162 Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
163
164 * Rpcalc Input::
165 * Rpcalc Line::
166 * Rpcalc Expr::
167
168 Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
169
170 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
171 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
172 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
173
174 Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
175
176 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
177 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
178 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
179
180 Bison Grammar Files
181
182 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
183 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
184 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
185 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
186 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
187 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
188 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
189 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
190
191 Outline of a Bison Grammar
192
193 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
194 * Prologue Alternatives:: Syntax and usage of alternatives to the prologue.
195 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
196 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
197 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
198
199 Defining Language Semantics
200
201 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
202 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
203 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
204 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
205 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
206 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
207 action in the middle of a rule.
208
209 Tracking Locations
210
211 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
212 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
213 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
214
215 Bison Declarations
216
217 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
218 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
219 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
220 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
221 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
222 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
223 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
224 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
225 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
226 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
227 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
228
229 Parser C-Language Interface
230
231 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
232 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
233 which reads tokens.
234 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
235 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
236 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
237 native language.
238
239 The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
240
241 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
242 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
243 of the token it has read.
244 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
245 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
246 actions want that.
247 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
248 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
249
250 The Bison Parser Algorithm
251
252 * Lookahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
253 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
254 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
255 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
256 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
257 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
258 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
259 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
260 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
261
262 Operator Precedence
263
264 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
265 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
266 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
267 * How Precedence:: How they work.
268
269 Handling Context Dependencies
270
271 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
272 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
273 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
274 error recovery rules must be written.
275
276 Debugging Your Parser
277
278 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
279 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
280
281 Invoking Bison
282
283 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
284 in alphabetical order by short options.
285 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
286 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
287
288 Parsers Written In Other Languages
289
290 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
291 * Java Parsers:: The interface to generate Java parser classes
292
293 C++ Parsers
294
295 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
296 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
297 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
298 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
299 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
300 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
301
302 A Complete C++ Example
303
304 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
305 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
306 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
307 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
308 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
309
310 Java Parsers
311
312 * Java Bison Interface:: Asking for Java parser generation
313 * Java Semantic Values:: %type and %token vs. Java
314 * Java Location Values:: The position and location classes
315 * Java Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
316 * Java Scanner Interface:: Java scanners, and pure parsers
317 * Java Differences:: Differences between C/C++ and Java Grammars
318
319 Frequently Asked Questions
320
321 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
322 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
323 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
324 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
325 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars
326 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
327 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
328 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
329 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
330 * Other Languages:: Parsers in Java and others
331 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
332 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
333
334 Copying This Manual
335
336 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
337
338 @end detailmenu
339 @end menu
340
341 @node Introduction
342 @unnumbered Introduction
343 @cindex introduction
344
345 @dfn{Bison} is a general-purpose parser generator that converts an
346 annotated context-free grammar into an @acronym{LALR}(1) or
347 @acronym{GLR} parser for that grammar. Once you are proficient with
348 Bison, you can use it to develop a wide range of language parsers, from those
349 used in simple desk calculators to complex programming languages.
350
351 Bison is upward compatible with Yacc: all properly-written Yacc grammars
352 ought to work with Bison with no change. Anyone familiar with Yacc
353 should be able to use Bison with little trouble. You need to be fluent in
354 C or C++ programming in order to use Bison or to understand this manual.
355
356 We begin with tutorial chapters that explain the basic concepts of using
357 Bison and show three explained examples, each building on the last. If you
358 don't know Bison or Yacc, start by reading these chapters. Reference
359 chapters follow which describe specific aspects of Bison in detail.
360
361 Bison was written primarily by Robert Corbett; Richard Stallman made it
362 Yacc-compatible. Wilfred Hansen of Carnegie Mellon University added
363 multi-character string literals and other features.
364
365 This edition corresponds to version @value{VERSION} of Bison.
366
367 @node Conditions
368 @unnumbered Conditions for Using Bison
369
370 The distribution terms for Bison-generated parsers permit using the
371 parsers in nonfree programs. Before Bison version 2.2, these extra
372 permissions applied only when Bison was generating @acronym{LALR}(1)
373 parsers in C@. And before Bison version 1.24, Bison-generated
374 parsers could be used only in programs that were free software.
375
376 The other @acronym{GNU} programming tools, such as the @acronym{GNU} C
377 compiler, have never
378 had such a requirement. They could always be used for nonfree
379 software. The reason Bison was different was not due to a special
380 policy decision; it resulted from applying the usual General Public
381 License to all of the Bison source code.
382
383 The output of the Bison utility---the Bison parser file---contains a
384 verbatim copy of a sizable piece of Bison, which is the code for the
385 parser's implementation. (The actions from your grammar are inserted
386 into this implementation at one point, but most of the rest of the
387 implementation is not changed.) When we applied the @acronym{GPL}
388 terms to the skeleton code for the parser's implementation,
389 the effect was to restrict the use of Bison output to free software.
390
391 We didn't change the terms because of sympathy for people who want to
392 make software proprietary. @strong{Software should be free.} But we
393 concluded that limiting Bison's use to free software was doing little to
394 encourage people to make other software free. So we decided to make the
395 practical conditions for using Bison match the practical conditions for
396 using the other @acronym{GNU} tools.
397
398 This exception applies when Bison is generating code for a parser.
399 You can tell whether the exception applies to a Bison output file by
400 inspecting the file for text beginning with ``As a special
401 exception@dots{}''. The text spells out the exact terms of the
402 exception.
403
404 @include gpl.texi
405
406 @node Concepts
407 @chapter The Concepts of Bison
408
409 This chapter introduces many of the basic concepts without which the
410 details of Bison will not make sense. If you do not already know how to
411 use Bison or Yacc, we suggest you start by reading this chapter carefully.
412
413 @menu
414 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
415 as mathematical ideas.
416 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
417 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
418 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
419 the name of an identifier, etc.).
420 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
421 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
422 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
423 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
424 how is the output used?
425 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
426 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
427 @end menu
428
429 @node Language and Grammar
430 @section Languages and Context-Free Grammars
431
432 @cindex context-free grammar
433 @cindex grammar, context-free
434 In order for Bison to parse a language, it must be described by a
435 @dfn{context-free grammar}. This means that you specify one or more
436 @dfn{syntactic groupings} and give rules for constructing them from their
437 parts. For example, in the C language, one kind of grouping is called an
438 `expression'. One rule for making an expression might be, ``An expression
439 can be made of a minus sign and another expression''. Another would be,
440 ``An expression can be an integer''. As you can see, rules are often
441 recursive, but there must be at least one rule which leads out of the
442 recursion.
443
444 @cindex @acronym{BNF}
445 @cindex Backus-Naur form
446 The most common formal system for presenting such rules for humans to read
447 is @dfn{Backus-Naur Form} or ``@acronym{BNF}'', which was developed in
448 order to specify the language Algol 60. Any grammar expressed in
449 @acronym{BNF} is a context-free grammar. The input to Bison is
450 essentially machine-readable @acronym{BNF}.
451
452 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars
453 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1) grammars
454 There are various important subclasses of context-free grammar. Although it
455 can handle almost all context-free grammars, Bison is optimized for what
456 are called @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars.
457 In brief, in these grammars, it must be possible to
458 tell how to parse any portion of an input string with just a single
459 token of lookahead. Strictly speaking, that is a description of an
460 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar, and @acronym{LALR}(1) involves additional
461 restrictions that are
462 hard to explain simply; but it is rare in actual practice to find an
463 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar that fails to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
464 @xref{Mystery Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}, for
465 more information on this.
466
467 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
468 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
469 @cindex ambiguous grammars
470 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
471
472 Parsers for @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars are @dfn{deterministic}, meaning
473 roughly that the next grammar rule to apply at any point in the input is
474 uniquely determined by the preceding input and a fixed, finite portion
475 (called a @dfn{lookahead}) of the remaining input. A context-free
476 grammar can be @dfn{ambiguous}, meaning that there are multiple ways to
477 apply the grammar rules to get the same inputs. Even unambiguous
478 grammars can be @dfn{nondeterministic}, meaning that no fixed
479 lookahead always suffices to determine the next grammar rule to apply.
480 With the proper declarations, Bison is also able to parse these more
481 general context-free grammars, using a technique known as @acronym{GLR}
482 parsing (for Generalized @acronym{LR}). Bison's @acronym{GLR} parsers
483 are able to handle any context-free grammar for which the number of
484 possible parses of any given string is finite.
485
486 @cindex symbols (abstract)
487 @cindex token
488 @cindex syntactic grouping
489 @cindex grouping, syntactic
490 In the formal grammatical rules for a language, each kind of syntactic
491 unit or grouping is named by a @dfn{symbol}. Those which are built by
492 grouping smaller constructs according to grammatical rules are called
493 @dfn{nonterminal symbols}; those which can't be subdivided are called
494 @dfn{terminal symbols} or @dfn{token types}. We call a piece of input
495 corresponding to a single terminal symbol a @dfn{token}, and a piece
496 corresponding to a single nonterminal symbol a @dfn{grouping}.
497
498 We can use the C language as an example of what symbols, terminal and
499 nonterminal, mean. The tokens of C are identifiers, constants (numeric
500 and string), and the various keywords, arithmetic operators and
501 punctuation marks. So the terminal symbols of a grammar for C include
502 `identifier', `number', `string', plus one symbol for each keyword,
503 operator or punctuation mark: `if', `return', `const', `static', `int',
504 `char', `plus-sign', `open-brace', `close-brace', `comma' and many more.
505 (These tokens can be subdivided into characters, but that is a matter of
506 lexicography, not grammar.)
507
508 Here is a simple C function subdivided into tokens:
509
510 @ifinfo
511 @example
512 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
513 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int',}
514 @r{identifier, close-paren} */
515 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
516 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk,}
517 @r{identifier, semicolon} */
518 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
519 @end example
520 @end ifinfo
521 @ifnotinfo
522 @example
523 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
524 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int', identifier, close-paren} */
525 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
526 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk, identifier, semicolon} */
527 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
528 @end example
529 @end ifnotinfo
530
531 The syntactic groupings of C include the expression, the statement, the
532 declaration, and the function definition. These are represented in the
533 grammar of C by nonterminal symbols `expression', `statement',
534 `declaration' and `function definition'. The full grammar uses dozens of
535 additional language constructs, each with its own nonterminal symbol, in
536 order to express the meanings of these four. The example above is a
537 function definition; it contains one declaration, and one statement. In
538 the statement, each @samp{x} is an expression and so is @samp{x * x}.
539
540 Each nonterminal symbol must have grammatical rules showing how it is made
541 out of simpler constructs. For example, one kind of C statement is the
542 @code{return} statement; this would be described with a grammar rule which
543 reads informally as follows:
544
545 @quotation
546 A `statement' can be made of a `return' keyword, an `expression' and a
547 `semicolon'.
548 @end quotation
549
550 @noindent
551 There would be many other rules for `statement', one for each kind of
552 statement in C.
553
554 @cindex start symbol
555 One nonterminal symbol must be distinguished as the special one which
556 defines a complete utterance in the language. It is called the @dfn{start
557 symbol}. In a compiler, this means a complete input program. In the C
558 language, the nonterminal symbol `sequence of definitions and declarations'
559 plays this role.
560
561 For example, @samp{1 + 2} is a valid C expression---a valid part of a C
562 program---but it is not valid as an @emph{entire} C program. In the
563 context-free grammar of C, this follows from the fact that `expression' is
564 not the start symbol.
565
566 The Bison parser reads a sequence of tokens as its input, and groups the
567 tokens using the grammar rules. If the input is valid, the end result is
568 that the entire token sequence reduces to a single grouping whose symbol is
569 the grammar's start symbol. If we use a grammar for C, the entire input
570 must be a `sequence of definitions and declarations'. If not, the parser
571 reports a syntax error.
572
573 @node Grammar in Bison
574 @section From Formal Rules to Bison Input
575 @cindex Bison grammar
576 @cindex grammar, Bison
577 @cindex formal grammar
578
579 A formal grammar is a mathematical construct. To define the language
580 for Bison, you must write a file expressing the grammar in Bison syntax:
581 a @dfn{Bison grammar} file. @xref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}.
582
583 A nonterminal symbol in the formal grammar is represented in Bison input
584 as an identifier, like an identifier in C@. By convention, it should be
585 in lower case, such as @code{expr}, @code{stmt} or @code{declaration}.
586
587 The Bison representation for a terminal symbol is also called a @dfn{token
588 type}. Token types as well can be represented as C-like identifiers. By
589 convention, these identifiers should be upper case to distinguish them from
590 nonterminals: for example, @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER}, @code{IF} or
591 @code{RETURN}. A terminal symbol that stands for a particular keyword in
592 the language should be named after that keyword converted to upper case.
593 The terminal symbol @code{error} is reserved for error recovery.
594 @xref{Symbols}.
595
596 A terminal symbol can also be represented as a character literal, just like
597 a C character constant. You should do this whenever a token is just a
598 single character (parenthesis, plus-sign, etc.): use that same character in
599 a literal as the terminal symbol for that token.
600
601 A third way to represent a terminal symbol is with a C string constant
602 containing several characters. @xref{Symbols}, for more information.
603
604 The grammar rules also have an expression in Bison syntax. For example,
605 here is the Bison rule for a C @code{return} statement. The semicolon in
606 quotes is a literal character token, representing part of the C syntax for
607 the statement; the naked semicolon, and the colon, are Bison punctuation
608 used in every rule.
609
610 @example
611 stmt: RETURN expr ';'
612 ;
613 @end example
614
615 @noindent
616 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
617
618 @node Semantic Values
619 @section Semantic Values
620 @cindex semantic value
621 @cindex value, semantic
622
623 A formal grammar selects tokens only by their classifications: for example,
624 if a rule mentions the terminal symbol `integer constant', it means that
625 @emph{any} integer constant is grammatically valid in that position. The
626 precise value of the constant is irrelevant to how to parse the input: if
627 @samp{x+4} is grammatical then @samp{x+1} or @samp{x+3989} is equally
628 grammatical.
629
630 But the precise value is very important for what the input means once it is
631 parsed. A compiler is useless if it fails to distinguish between 4, 1 and
632 3989 as constants in the program! Therefore, each token in a Bison grammar
633 has both a token type and a @dfn{semantic value}. @xref{Semantics,
634 ,Defining Language Semantics},
635 for details.
636
637 The token type is a terminal symbol defined in the grammar, such as
638 @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER} or @code{','}. It tells everything
639 you need to know to decide where the token may validly appear and how to
640 group it with other tokens. The grammar rules know nothing about tokens
641 except their types.
642
643 The semantic value has all the rest of the information about the
644 meaning of the token, such as the value of an integer, or the name of an
645 identifier. (A token such as @code{','} which is just punctuation doesn't
646 need to have any semantic value.)
647
648 For example, an input token might be classified as token type
649 @code{INTEGER} and have the semantic value 4. Another input token might
650 have the same token type @code{INTEGER} but value 3989. When a grammar
651 rule says that @code{INTEGER} is allowed, either of these tokens is
652 acceptable because each is an @code{INTEGER}. When the parser accepts the
653 token, it keeps track of the token's semantic value.
654
655 Each grouping can also have a semantic value as well as its nonterminal
656 symbol. For example, in a calculator, an expression typically has a
657 semantic value that is a number. In a compiler for a programming
658 language, an expression typically has a semantic value that is a tree
659 structure describing the meaning of the expression.
660
661 @node Semantic Actions
662 @section Semantic Actions
663 @cindex semantic actions
664 @cindex actions, semantic
665
666 In order to be useful, a program must do more than parse input; it must
667 also produce some output based on the input. In a Bison grammar, a grammar
668 rule can have an @dfn{action} made up of C statements. Each time the
669 parser recognizes a match for that rule, the action is executed.
670 @xref{Actions}.
671
672 Most of the time, the purpose of an action is to compute the semantic value
673 of the whole construct from the semantic values of its parts. For example,
674 suppose we have a rule which says an expression can be the sum of two
675 expressions. When the parser recognizes such a sum, each of the
676 subexpressions has a semantic value which describes how it was built up.
677 The action for this rule should create a similar sort of value for the
678 newly recognized larger expression.
679
680 For example, here is a rule that says an expression can be the sum of
681 two subexpressions:
682
683 @example
684 expr: expr '+' expr @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
685 ;
686 @end example
687
688 @noindent
689 The action says how to produce the semantic value of the sum expression
690 from the values of the two subexpressions.
691
692 @node GLR Parsers
693 @section Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
694 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
695 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
696 @findex %glr-parser
697 @cindex conflicts
698 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
699 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
700
701 In some grammars, Bison's standard
702 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing algorithm cannot decide whether to apply a
703 certain grammar rule at a given point. That is, it may not be able to
704 decide (on the basis of the input read so far) which of two possible
705 reductions (applications of a grammar rule) applies, or whether to apply
706 a reduction or read more of the input and apply a reduction later in the
707 input. These are known respectively as @dfn{reduce/reduce} conflicts
708 (@pxref{Reduce/Reduce}), and @dfn{shift/reduce} conflicts
709 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce}).
710
711 To use a grammar that is not easily modified to be @acronym{LALR}(1), a
712 more general parsing algorithm is sometimes necessary. If you include
713 @code{%glr-parser} among the Bison declarations in your file
714 (@pxref{Grammar Outline}), the result is a Generalized @acronym{LR}
715 (@acronym{GLR}) parser. These parsers handle Bison grammars that
716 contain no unresolved conflicts (i.e., after applying precedence
717 declarations) identically to @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. However, when
718 faced with unresolved shift/reduce and reduce/reduce conflicts,
719 @acronym{GLR} parsers use the simple expedient of doing both,
720 effectively cloning the parser to follow both possibilities. Each of
721 the resulting parsers can again split, so that at any given time, there
722 can be any number of possible parses being explored. The parsers
723 proceed in lockstep; that is, all of them consume (shift) a given input
724 symbol before any of them proceed to the next. Each of the cloned
725 parsers eventually meets one of two possible fates: either it runs into
726 a parsing error, in which case it simply vanishes, or it merges with
727 another parser, because the two of them have reduced the input to an
728 identical set of symbols.
729
730 During the time that there are multiple parsers, semantic actions are
731 recorded, but not performed. When a parser disappears, its recorded
732 semantic actions disappear as well, and are never performed. When a
733 reduction makes two parsers identical, causing them to merge, Bison
734 records both sets of semantic actions. Whenever the last two parsers
735 merge, reverting to the single-parser case, Bison resolves all the
736 outstanding actions either by precedences given to the grammar rules
737 involved, or by performing both actions, and then calling a designated
738 user-defined function on the resulting values to produce an arbitrary
739 merged result.
740
741 @menu
742 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
743 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
744 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
745 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
746 @end menu
747
748 @node Simple GLR Parsers
749 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} on Unambiguous Grammars
750 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, unambiguous grammars
751 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, unambiguous grammars
752 @findex %glr-parser
753 @findex %expect-rr
754 @cindex conflicts
755 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
756 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
757
758 In the simplest cases, you can use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm
759 to parse grammars that are unambiguous, but fail to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
760 Such grammars typically require more than one symbol of lookahead,
761 or (in rare cases) fall into the category of grammars in which the
762 @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm throws away too much information (they are in
763 @acronym{LR}(1), but not @acronym{LALR}(1), @ref{Mystery Conflicts}).
764
765 Consider a problem that
766 arises in the declaration of enumerated and subrange types in the
767 programming language Pascal. Here are some examples:
768
769 @example
770 type subrange = lo .. hi;
771 type enum = (a, b, c);
772 @end example
773
774 @noindent
775 The original language standard allows only numeric
776 literals and constant identifiers for the subrange bounds (@samp{lo}
777 and @samp{hi}), but Extended Pascal (@acronym{ISO}/@acronym{IEC}
778 10206) and many other
779 Pascal implementations allow arbitrary expressions there. This gives
780 rise to the following situation, containing a superfluous pair of
781 parentheses:
782
783 @example
784 type subrange = (a) .. b;
785 @end example
786
787 @noindent
788 Compare this to the following declaration of an enumerated
789 type with only one value:
790
791 @example
792 type enum = (a);
793 @end example
794
795 @noindent
796 (These declarations are contrived, but they are syntactically
797 valid, and more-complicated cases can come up in practical programs.)
798
799 These two declarations look identical until the @samp{..} token.
800 With normal @acronym{LALR}(1) one-token lookahead it is not
801 possible to decide between the two forms when the identifier
802 @samp{a} is parsed. It is, however, desirable
803 for a parser to decide this, since in the latter case
804 @samp{a} must become a new identifier to represent the enumeration
805 value, while in the former case @samp{a} must be evaluated with its
806 current meaning, which may be a constant or even a function call.
807
808 You could parse @samp{(a)} as an ``unspecified identifier in parentheses'',
809 to be resolved later, but this typically requires substantial
810 contortions in both semantic actions and large parts of the
811 grammar, where the parentheses are nested in the recursive rules for
812 expressions.
813
814 You might think of using the lexer to distinguish between the two
815 forms by returning different tokens for currently defined and
816 undefined identifiers. But if these declarations occur in a local
817 scope, and @samp{a} is defined in an outer scope, then both forms
818 are possible---either locally redefining @samp{a}, or using the
819 value of @samp{a} from the outer scope. So this approach cannot
820 work.
821
822 A simple solution to this problem is to declare the parser to
823 use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm.
824 When the @acronym{GLR} parser reaches the critical state, it
825 merely splits into two branches and pursues both syntax rules
826 simultaneously. Sooner or later, one of them runs into a parsing
827 error. If there is a @samp{..} token before the next
828 @samp{;}, the rule for enumerated types fails since it cannot
829 accept @samp{..} anywhere; otherwise, the subrange type rule
830 fails since it requires a @samp{..} token. So one of the branches
831 fails silently, and the other one continues normally, performing
832 all the intermediate actions that were postponed during the split.
833
834 If the input is syntactically incorrect, both branches fail and the parser
835 reports a syntax error as usual.
836
837 The effect of all this is that the parser seems to ``guess'' the
838 correct branch to take, or in other words, it seems to use more
839 lookahead than the underlying @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm actually allows
840 for. In this example, @acronym{LALR}(2) would suffice, but also some cases
841 that are not @acronym{LALR}(@math{k}) for any @math{k} can be handled this way.
842
843 In general, a @acronym{GLR} parser can take quadratic or cubic worst-case time,
844 and the current Bison parser even takes exponential time and space
845 for some grammars. In practice, this rarely happens, and for many
846 grammars it is possible to prove that it cannot happen.
847 The present example contains only one conflict between two
848 rules, and the type-declaration context containing the conflict
849 cannot be nested. So the number of
850 branches that can exist at any time is limited by the constant 2,
851 and the parsing time is still linear.
852
853 Here is a Bison grammar corresponding to the example above. It
854 parses a vastly simplified form of Pascal type declarations.
855
856 @example
857 %token TYPE DOTDOT ID
858
859 @group
860 %left '+' '-'
861 %left '*' '/'
862 @end group
863
864 %%
865
866 @group
867 type_decl : TYPE ID '=' type ';'
868 ;
869 @end group
870
871 @group
872 type : '(' id_list ')'
873 | expr DOTDOT expr
874 ;
875 @end group
876
877 @group
878 id_list : ID
879 | id_list ',' ID
880 ;
881 @end group
882
883 @group
884 expr : '(' expr ')'
885 | expr '+' expr
886 | expr '-' expr
887 | expr '*' expr
888 | expr '/' expr
889 | ID
890 ;
891 @end group
892 @end example
893
894 When used as a normal @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar, Bison correctly complains
895 about one reduce/reduce conflict. In the conflicting situation the
896 parser chooses one of the alternatives, arbitrarily the one
897 declared first. Therefore the following correct input is not
898 recognized:
899
900 @example
901 type t = (a) .. b;
902 @end example
903
904 The parser can be turned into a @acronym{GLR} parser, while also telling Bison
905 to be silent about the one known reduce/reduce conflict, by
906 adding these two declarations to the Bison input file (before the first
907 @samp{%%}):
908
909 @example
910 %glr-parser
911 %expect-rr 1
912 @end example
913
914 @noindent
915 No change in the grammar itself is required. Now the
916 parser recognizes all valid declarations, according to the
917 limited syntax above, transparently. In fact, the user does not even
918 notice when the parser splits.
919
920 So here we have a case where we can use the benefits of @acronym{GLR},
921 almost without disadvantages. Even in simple cases like this, however,
922 there are at least two potential problems to beware. First, always
923 analyze the conflicts reported by Bison to make sure that @acronym{GLR}
924 splitting is only done where it is intended. A @acronym{GLR} parser
925 splitting inadvertently may cause problems less obvious than an
926 @acronym{LALR} parser statically choosing the wrong alternative in a
927 conflict. Second, consider interactions with the lexer (@pxref{Semantic
928 Tokens}) with great care. Since a split parser consumes tokens without
929 performing any actions during the split, the lexer cannot obtain
930 information via parser actions. Some cases of lexer interactions can be
931 eliminated by using @acronym{GLR} to shift the complications from the
932 lexer to the parser. You must check the remaining cases for
933 correctness.
934
935 In our example, it would be safe for the lexer to return tokens based on
936 their current meanings in some symbol table, because no new symbols are
937 defined in the middle of a type declaration. Though it is possible for
938 a parser to define the enumeration constants as they are parsed, before
939 the type declaration is completed, it actually makes no difference since
940 they cannot be used within the same enumerated type declaration.
941
942 @node Merging GLR Parses
943 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} to Resolve Ambiguities
944 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, ambiguous grammars
945 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, ambiguous grammars
946 @findex %dprec
947 @findex %merge
948 @cindex conflicts
949 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
950
951 Let's consider an example, vastly simplified from a C++ grammar.
952
953 @example
954 %@{
955 #include <stdio.h>
956 #define YYSTYPE char const *
957 int yylex (void);
958 void yyerror (char const *);
959 %@}
960
961 %token TYPENAME ID
962
963 %right '='
964 %left '+'
965
966 %glr-parser
967
968 %%
969
970 prog :
971 | prog stmt @{ printf ("\n"); @}
972 ;
973
974 stmt : expr ';' %dprec 1
975 | decl %dprec 2
976 ;
977
978 expr : ID @{ printf ("%s ", $$); @}
979 | TYPENAME '(' expr ')'
980 @{ printf ("%s <cast> ", $1); @}
981 | expr '+' expr @{ printf ("+ "); @}
982 | expr '=' expr @{ printf ("= "); @}
983 ;
984
985 decl : TYPENAME declarator ';'
986 @{ printf ("%s <declare> ", $1); @}
987 | TYPENAME declarator '=' expr ';'
988 @{ printf ("%s <init-declare> ", $1); @}
989 ;
990
991 declarator : ID @{ printf ("\"%s\" ", $1); @}
992 | '(' declarator ')'
993 ;
994 @end example
995
996 @noindent
997 This models a problematic part of the C++ grammar---the ambiguity between
998 certain declarations and statements. For example,
999
1000 @example
1001 T (x) = y+z;
1002 @end example
1003
1004 @noindent
1005 parses as either an @code{expr} or a @code{stmt}
1006 (assuming that @samp{T} is recognized as a @code{TYPENAME} and
1007 @samp{x} as an @code{ID}).
1008 Bison detects this as a reduce/reduce conflict between the rules
1009 @code{expr : ID} and @code{declarator : ID}, which it cannot resolve at the
1010 time it encounters @code{x} in the example above. Since this is a
1011 @acronym{GLR} parser, it therefore splits the problem into two parses, one for
1012 each choice of resolving the reduce/reduce conflict.
1013 Unlike the example from the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}),
1014 however, neither of these parses ``dies,'' because the grammar as it stands is
1015 ambiguous. One of the parsers eventually reduces @code{stmt : expr ';'} and
1016 the other reduces @code{stmt : decl}, after which both parsers are in an
1017 identical state: they've seen @samp{prog stmt} and have the same unprocessed
1018 input remaining. We say that these parses have @dfn{merged.}
1019
1020 At this point, the @acronym{GLR} parser requires a specification in the
1021 grammar of how to choose between the competing parses.
1022 In the example above, the two @code{%dprec}
1023 declarations specify that Bison is to give precedence
1024 to the parse that interprets the example as a
1025 @code{decl}, which implies that @code{x} is a declarator.
1026 The parser therefore prints
1027
1028 @example
1029 "x" y z + T <init-declare>
1030 @end example
1031
1032 The @code{%dprec} declarations only come into play when more than one
1033 parse survives. Consider a different input string for this parser:
1034
1035 @example
1036 T (x) + y;
1037 @end example
1038
1039 @noindent
1040 This is another example of using @acronym{GLR} to parse an unambiguous
1041 construct, as shown in the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}).
1042 Here, there is no ambiguity (this cannot be parsed as a declaration).
1043 However, at the time the Bison parser encounters @code{x}, it does not
1044 have enough information to resolve the reduce/reduce conflict (again,
1045 between @code{x} as an @code{expr} or a @code{declarator}). In this
1046 case, no precedence declaration is used. Again, the parser splits
1047 into two, one assuming that @code{x} is an @code{expr}, and the other
1048 assuming @code{x} is a @code{declarator}. The second of these parsers
1049 then vanishes when it sees @code{+}, and the parser prints
1050
1051 @example
1052 x T <cast> y +
1053 @end example
1054
1055 Suppose that instead of resolving the ambiguity, you wanted to see all
1056 the possibilities. For this purpose, you must merge the semantic
1057 actions of the two possible parsers, rather than choosing one over the
1058 other. To do so, you could change the declaration of @code{stmt} as
1059 follows:
1060
1061 @example
1062 stmt : expr ';' %merge <stmtMerge>
1063 | decl %merge <stmtMerge>
1064 ;
1065 @end example
1066
1067 @noindent
1068 and define the @code{stmtMerge} function as:
1069
1070 @example
1071 static YYSTYPE
1072 stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1)
1073 @{
1074 printf ("<OR> ");
1075 return "";
1076 @}
1077 @end example
1078
1079 @noindent
1080 with an accompanying forward declaration
1081 in the C declarations at the beginning of the file:
1082
1083 @example
1084 %@{
1085 #define YYSTYPE char const *
1086 static YYSTYPE stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1);
1087 %@}
1088 @end example
1089
1090 @noindent
1091 With these declarations, the resulting parser parses the first example
1092 as both an @code{expr} and a @code{decl}, and prints
1093
1094 @example
1095 "x" y z + T <init-declare> x T <cast> y z + = <OR>
1096 @end example
1097
1098 Bison requires that all of the
1099 productions that participate in any particular merge have identical
1100 @samp{%merge} clauses. Otherwise, the ambiguity would be unresolvable,
1101 and the parser will report an error during any parse that results in
1102 the offending merge.
1103
1104 @node GLR Semantic Actions
1105 @subsection GLR Semantic Actions
1106
1107 @cindex deferred semantic actions
1108 By definition, a deferred semantic action is not performed at the same time as
1109 the associated reduction.
1110 This raises caveats for several Bison features you might use in a semantic
1111 action in a @acronym{GLR} parser.
1112
1113 @vindex yychar
1114 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yychar}
1115 @vindex yylval
1116 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylval}
1117 @vindex yylloc
1118 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylloc}
1119 In any semantic action, you can examine @code{yychar} to determine the type of
1120 the lookahead token present at the time of the associated reduction.
1121 After checking that @code{yychar} is not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF},
1122 you can then examine @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc} to determine the
1123 lookahead token's semantic value and location, if any.
1124 In a nondeferred semantic action, you can also modify any of these variables to
1125 influence syntax analysis.
1126 @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.
1127
1128 @findex yyclearin
1129 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yyclearin}
1130 In a deferred semantic action, it's too late to influence syntax analysis.
1131 In this case, @code{yychar}, @code{yylval}, and @code{yylloc} are set to
1132 shallow copies of the values they had at the time of the associated reduction.
1133 For this reason alone, modifying them is dangerous.
1134 Moreover, the result of modifying them is undefined and subject to change with
1135 future versions of Bison.
1136 For example, if a semantic action might be deferred, you should never write it
1137 to invoke @code{yyclearin} (@pxref{Action Features}) or to attempt to free
1138 memory referenced by @code{yylval}.
1139
1140 @findex YYERROR
1141 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYERROR}
1142 Another Bison feature requiring special consideration is @code{YYERROR}
1143 (@pxref{Action Features}), which you can invoke in a semantic action to
1144 initiate error recovery.
1145 During deterministic @acronym{GLR} operation, the effect of @code{YYERROR} is
1146 the same as its effect in an @acronym{LALR}(1) parser.
1147 In a deferred semantic action, its effect is undefined.
1148 @c The effect is probably a syntax error at the split point.
1149
1150 Also, see @ref{Location Default Action, ,Default Action for Locations}, which
1151 describes a special usage of @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
1152
1153 @node Compiler Requirements
1154 @subsection Considerations when Compiling @acronym{GLR} Parsers
1155 @cindex @code{inline}
1156 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{inline}
1157
1158 The @acronym{GLR} parsers require a compiler for @acronym{ISO} C89 or
1159 later. In addition, they use the @code{inline} keyword, which is not
1160 C89, but is C99 and is a common extension in pre-C99 compilers. It is
1161 up to the user of these parsers to handle
1162 portability issues. For instance, if using Autoconf and the Autoconf
1163 macro @code{AC_C_INLINE}, a mere
1164
1165 @example
1166 %@{
1167 #include <config.h>
1168 %@}
1169 @end example
1170
1171 @noindent
1172 will suffice. Otherwise, we suggest
1173
1174 @example
1175 %@{
1176 #if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901 && ! defined __GNUC__ && ! defined inline
1177 #define inline
1178 #endif
1179 %@}
1180 @end example
1181
1182 @node Locations Overview
1183 @section Locations
1184 @cindex location
1185 @cindex textual location
1186 @cindex location, textual
1187
1188 Many applications, like interpreters or compilers, have to produce verbose
1189 and useful error messages. To achieve this, one must be able to keep track of
1190 the @dfn{textual location}, or @dfn{location}, of each syntactic construct.
1191 Bison provides a mechanism for handling these locations.
1192
1193 Each token has a semantic value. In a similar fashion, each token has an
1194 associated location, but the type of locations is the same for all tokens and
1195 groupings. Moreover, the output parser is equipped with a default data
1196 structure for storing locations (@pxref{Locations}, for more details).
1197
1198 Like semantic values, locations can be reached in actions using a dedicated
1199 set of constructs. In the example above, the location of the whole grouping
1200 is @code{@@$}, while the locations of the subexpressions are @code{@@1} and
1201 @code{@@3}.
1202
1203 When a rule is matched, a default action is used to compute the semantic value
1204 of its left hand side (@pxref{Actions}). In the same way, another default
1205 action is used for locations. However, the action for locations is general
1206 enough for most cases, meaning there is usually no need to describe for each
1207 rule how @code{@@$} should be formed. When building a new location for a given
1208 grouping, the default behavior of the output parser is to take the beginning
1209 of the first symbol, and the end of the last symbol.
1210
1211 @node Bison Parser
1212 @section Bison Output: the Parser File
1213 @cindex Bison parser
1214 @cindex Bison utility
1215 @cindex lexical analyzer, purpose
1216 @cindex parser
1217
1218 When you run Bison, you give it a Bison grammar file as input. The output
1219 is a C source file that parses the language described by the grammar.
1220 This file is called a @dfn{Bison parser}. Keep in mind that the Bison
1221 utility and the Bison parser are two distinct programs: the Bison utility
1222 is a program whose output is the Bison parser that becomes part of your
1223 program.
1224
1225 The job of the Bison parser is to group tokens into groupings according to
1226 the grammar rules---for example, to build identifiers and operators into
1227 expressions. As it does this, it runs the actions for the grammar rules it
1228 uses.
1229
1230 The tokens come from a function called the @dfn{lexical analyzer} that
1231 you must supply in some fashion (such as by writing it in C). The Bison
1232 parser calls the lexical analyzer each time it wants a new token. It
1233 doesn't know what is ``inside'' the tokens (though their semantic values
1234 may reflect this). Typically the lexical analyzer makes the tokens by
1235 parsing characters of text, but Bison does not depend on this.
1236 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1237
1238 The Bison parser file is C code which defines a function named
1239 @code{yyparse} which implements that grammar. This function does not make
1240 a complete C program: you must supply some additional functions. One is
1241 the lexical analyzer. Another is an error-reporting function which the
1242 parser calls to report an error. In addition, a complete C program must
1243 start with a function called @code{main}; you have to provide this, and
1244 arrange for it to call @code{yyparse} or the parser will never run.
1245 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
1246
1247 Aside from the token type names and the symbols in the actions you
1248 write, all symbols defined in the Bison parser file itself
1249 begin with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}. This includes interface functions
1250 such as the lexical analyzer function @code{yylex}, the error reporting
1251 function @code{yyerror} and the parser function @code{yyparse} itself.
1252 This also includes numerous identifiers used for internal purposes.
1253 Therefore, you should avoid using C identifiers starting with @samp{yy}
1254 or @samp{YY} in the Bison grammar file except for the ones defined in
1255 this manual. Also, you should avoid using the C identifiers
1256 @samp{malloc} and @samp{free} for anything other than their usual
1257 meanings.
1258
1259 In some cases the Bison parser file includes system headers, and in
1260 those cases your code should respect the identifiers reserved by those
1261 headers. On some non-@acronym{GNU} hosts, @code{<alloca.h>}, @code{<malloc.h>},
1262 @code{<stddef.h>}, and @code{<stdlib.h>} are included as needed to
1263 declare memory allocators and related types. @code{<libintl.h>} is
1264 included if message translation is in use
1265 (@pxref{Internationalization}). Other system headers may
1266 be included if you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value
1267 (@pxref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}).
1268
1269 @node Stages
1270 @section Stages in Using Bison
1271 @cindex stages in using Bison
1272 @cindex using Bison
1273
1274 The actual language-design process using Bison, from grammar specification
1275 to a working compiler or interpreter, has these parts:
1276
1277 @enumerate
1278 @item
1279 Formally specify the grammar in a form recognized by Bison
1280 (@pxref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}). For each grammatical rule
1281 in the language, describe the action that is to be taken when an
1282 instance of that rule is recognized. The action is described by a
1283 sequence of C statements.
1284
1285 @item
1286 Write a lexical analyzer to process input and pass tokens to the parser.
1287 The lexical analyzer may be written by hand in C (@pxref{Lexical, ,The
1288 Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}). It could also be produced
1289 using Lex, but the use of Lex is not discussed in this manual.
1290
1291 @item
1292 Write a controlling function that calls the Bison-produced parser.
1293
1294 @item
1295 Write error-reporting routines.
1296 @end enumerate
1297
1298 To turn this source code as written into a runnable program, you
1299 must follow these steps:
1300
1301 @enumerate
1302 @item
1303 Run Bison on the grammar to produce the parser.
1304
1305 @item
1306 Compile the code output by Bison, as well as any other source files.
1307
1308 @item
1309 Link the object files to produce the finished product.
1310 @end enumerate
1311
1312 @node Grammar Layout
1313 @section The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar
1314 @cindex grammar file
1315 @cindex file format
1316 @cindex format of grammar file
1317 @cindex layout of Bison grammar
1318
1319 The input file for the Bison utility is a @dfn{Bison grammar file}. The
1320 general form of a Bison grammar file is as follows:
1321
1322 @example
1323 %@{
1324 @var{Prologue}
1325 %@}
1326
1327 @var{Bison declarations}
1328
1329 %%
1330 @var{Grammar rules}
1331 %%
1332 @var{Epilogue}
1333 @end example
1334
1335 @noindent
1336 The @samp{%%}, @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} are punctuation that appears
1337 in every Bison grammar file to separate the sections.
1338
1339 The prologue may define types and variables used in the actions. You can
1340 also use preprocessor commands to define macros used there, and use
1341 @code{#include} to include header files that do any of these things.
1342 You need to declare the lexical analyzer @code{yylex} and the error
1343 printer @code{yyerror} here, along with any other global identifiers
1344 used by the actions in the grammar rules.
1345
1346 The Bison declarations declare the names of the terminal and nonterminal
1347 symbols, and may also describe operator precedence and the data types of
1348 semantic values of various symbols.
1349
1350 The grammar rules define how to construct each nonterminal symbol from its
1351 parts.
1352
1353 The epilogue can contain any code you want to use. Often the
1354 definitions of functions declared in the prologue go here. In a
1355 simple program, all the rest of the program can go here.
1356
1357 @node Examples
1358 @chapter Examples
1359 @cindex simple examples
1360 @cindex examples, simple
1361
1362 Now we show and explain three sample programs written using Bison: a
1363 reverse polish notation calculator, an algebraic (infix) notation
1364 calculator, and a multi-function calculator. All three have been tested
1365 under BSD Unix 4.3; each produces a usable, though limited, interactive
1366 desk-top calculator.
1367
1368 These examples are simple, but Bison grammars for real programming
1369 languages are written the same way. You can copy these examples into a
1370 source file to try them.
1371
1372 @menu
1373 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
1374 a first example with no operator precedence.
1375 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
1376 Operator precedence is introduced.
1377 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
1378 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
1379 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
1380 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
1381 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
1382 @end menu
1383
1384 @node RPN Calc
1385 @section Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
1386 @cindex reverse polish notation
1387 @cindex polish notation calculator
1388 @cindex @code{rpcalc}
1389 @cindex calculator, simple
1390
1391 The first example is that of a simple double-precision @dfn{reverse polish
1392 notation} calculator (a calculator using postfix operators). This example
1393 provides a good starting point, since operator precedence is not an issue.
1394 The second example will illustrate how operator precedence is handled.
1395
1396 The source code for this calculator is named @file{rpcalc.y}. The
1397 @samp{.y} extension is a convention used for Bison input files.
1398
1399 @menu
1400 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
1401 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
1402 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1403 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
1404 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
1405 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
1406 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
1407 @end menu
1408
1409 @node Rpcalc Decls
1410 @subsection Declarations for @code{rpcalc}
1411
1412 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the reverse polish notation
1413 calculator. As in C, comments are placed between @samp{/*@dots{}*/}.
1414
1415 @example
1416 /* Reverse polish notation calculator. */
1417
1418 %@{
1419 #define YYSTYPE double
1420 #include <math.h>
1421 int yylex (void);
1422 void yyerror (char const *);
1423 %@}
1424
1425 %token NUM
1426
1427 %% /* Grammar rules and actions follow. */
1428 @end example
1429
1430 The declarations section (@pxref{Prologue, , The prologue}) contains two
1431 preprocessor directives and two forward declarations.
1432
1433 The @code{#define} directive defines the macro @code{YYSTYPE}, thus
1434 specifying the C data type for semantic values of both tokens and
1435 groupings (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}). The
1436 Bison parser will use whatever type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined as; if you
1437 don't define it, @code{int} is the default. Because we specify
1438 @code{double}, each token and each expression has an associated value,
1439 which is a floating point number.
1440
1441 The @code{#include} directive is used to declare the exponentiation
1442 function @code{pow}.
1443
1444 The forward declarations for @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} are
1445 needed because the C language requires that functions be declared
1446 before they are used. These functions will be defined in the
1447 epilogue, but the parser calls them so they must be declared in the
1448 prologue.
1449
1450 The second section, Bison declarations, provides information to Bison
1451 about the token types (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison
1452 Declarations Section}). Each terminal symbol that is not a
1453 single-character literal must be declared here. (Single-character
1454 literals normally don't need to be declared.) In this example, all the
1455 arithmetic operators are designated by single-character literals, so the
1456 only terminal symbol that needs to be declared is @code{NUM}, the token
1457 type for numeric constants.
1458
1459 @node Rpcalc Rules
1460 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
1461
1462 Here are the grammar rules for the reverse polish notation calculator.
1463
1464 @example
1465 input: /* empty */
1466 | input line
1467 ;
1468
1469 line: '\n'
1470 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1471 ;
1472
1473 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1474 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1475 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1476 | exp exp '*' @{ $$ = $1 * $2; @}
1477 | exp exp '/' @{ $$ = $1 / $2; @}
1478 /* Exponentiation */
1479 | exp exp '^' @{ $$ = pow ($1, $2); @}
1480 /* Unary minus */
1481 | exp 'n' @{ $$ = -$1; @}
1482 ;
1483 %%
1484 @end example
1485
1486 The groupings of the rpcalc ``language'' defined here are the expression
1487 (given the name @code{exp}), the line of input (@code{line}), and the
1488 complete input transcript (@code{input}). Each of these nonterminal
1489 symbols has several alternate rules, joined by the vertical bar @samp{|}
1490 which is read as ``or''. The following sections explain what these rules
1491 mean.
1492
1493 The semantics of the language is determined by the actions taken when a
1494 grouping is recognized. The actions are the C code that appears inside
1495 braces. @xref{Actions}.
1496
1497 You must specify these actions in C, but Bison provides the means for
1498 passing semantic values between the rules. In each action, the
1499 pseudo-variable @code{$$} stands for the semantic value for the grouping
1500 that the rule is going to construct. Assigning a value to @code{$$} is the
1501 main job of most actions. The semantic values of the components of the
1502 rule are referred to as @code{$1}, @code{$2}, and so on.
1503
1504 @menu
1505 * Rpcalc Input::
1506 * Rpcalc Line::
1507 * Rpcalc Expr::
1508 @end menu
1509
1510 @node Rpcalc Input
1511 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{input}
1512
1513 Consider the definition of @code{input}:
1514
1515 @example
1516 input: /* empty */
1517 | input line
1518 ;
1519 @end example
1520
1521 This definition reads as follows: ``A complete input is either an empty
1522 string, or a complete input followed by an input line''. Notice that
1523 ``complete input'' is defined in terms of itself. This definition is said
1524 to be @dfn{left recursive} since @code{input} appears always as the
1525 leftmost symbol in the sequence. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
1526
1527 The first alternative is empty because there are no symbols between the
1528 colon and the first @samp{|}; this means that @code{input} can match an
1529 empty string of input (no tokens). We write the rules this way because it
1530 is legitimate to type @kbd{Ctrl-d} right after you start the calculator.
1531 It's conventional to put an empty alternative first and write the comment
1532 @samp{/* empty */} in it.
1533
1534 The second alternate rule (@code{input line}) handles all nontrivial input.
1535 It means, ``After reading any number of lines, read one more line if
1536 possible.'' The left recursion makes this rule into a loop. Since the
1537 first alternative matches empty input, the loop can be executed zero or
1538 more times.
1539
1540 The parser function @code{yyparse} continues to process input until a
1541 grammatical error is seen or the lexical analyzer says there are no more
1542 input tokens; we will arrange for the latter to happen at end-of-input.
1543
1544 @node Rpcalc Line
1545 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{line}
1546
1547 Now consider the definition of @code{line}:
1548
1549 @example
1550 line: '\n'
1551 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1552 ;
1553 @end example
1554
1555 The first alternative is a token which is a newline character; this means
1556 that rpcalc accepts a blank line (and ignores it, since there is no
1557 action). The second alternative is an expression followed by a newline.
1558 This is the alternative that makes rpcalc useful. The semantic value of
1559 the @code{exp} grouping is the value of @code{$1} because the @code{exp} in
1560 question is the first symbol in the alternative. The action prints this
1561 value, which is the result of the computation the user asked for.
1562
1563 This action is unusual because it does not assign a value to @code{$$}. As
1564 a consequence, the semantic value associated with the @code{line} is
1565 uninitialized (its value will be unpredictable). This would be a bug if
1566 that value were ever used, but we don't use it: once rpcalc has printed the
1567 value of the user's input line, that value is no longer needed.
1568
1569 @node Rpcalc Expr
1570 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{expr}
1571
1572 The @code{exp} grouping has several rules, one for each kind of expression.
1573 The first rule handles the simplest expressions: those that are just numbers.
1574 The second handles an addition-expression, which looks like two expressions
1575 followed by a plus-sign. The third handles subtraction, and so on.
1576
1577 @example
1578 exp: NUM
1579 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1580 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1581 @dots{}
1582 ;
1583 @end example
1584
1585 We have used @samp{|} to join all the rules for @code{exp}, but we could
1586 equally well have written them separately:
1587
1588 @example
1589 exp: NUM ;
1590 exp: exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} ;
1591 exp: exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @} ;
1592 @dots{}
1593 @end example
1594
1595 Most of the rules have actions that compute the value of the expression in
1596 terms of the value of its parts. For example, in the rule for addition,
1597 @code{$1} refers to the first component @code{exp} and @code{$2} refers to
1598 the second one. The third component, @code{'+'}, has no meaningful
1599 associated semantic value, but if it had one you could refer to it as
1600 @code{$3}. When @code{yyparse} recognizes a sum expression using this
1601 rule, the sum of the two subexpressions' values is produced as the value of
1602 the entire expression. @xref{Actions}.
1603
1604 You don't have to give an action for every rule. When a rule has no
1605 action, Bison by default copies the value of @code{$1} into @code{$$}.
1606 This is what happens in the first rule (the one that uses @code{NUM}).
1607
1608 The formatting shown here is the recommended convention, but Bison does
1609 not require it. You can add or change white space as much as you wish.
1610 For example, this:
1611
1612 @example
1613 exp : NUM | exp exp '+' @{$$ = $1 + $2; @} | @dots{} ;
1614 @end example
1615
1616 @noindent
1617 means the same thing as this:
1618
1619 @example
1620 exp: NUM
1621 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1622 | @dots{}
1623 ;
1624 @end example
1625
1626 @noindent
1627 The latter, however, is much more readable.
1628
1629 @node Rpcalc Lexer
1630 @subsection The @code{rpcalc} Lexical Analyzer
1631 @cindex writing a lexical analyzer
1632 @cindex lexical analyzer, writing
1633
1634 The lexical analyzer's job is low-level parsing: converting characters
1635 or sequences of characters into tokens. The Bison parser gets its
1636 tokens by calling the lexical analyzer. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical
1637 Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1638
1639 Only a simple lexical analyzer is needed for the @acronym{RPN}
1640 calculator. This
1641 lexical analyzer skips blanks and tabs, then reads in numbers as
1642 @code{double} and returns them as @code{NUM} tokens. Any other character
1643 that isn't part of a number is a separate token. Note that the token-code
1644 for such a single-character token is the character itself.
1645
1646 The return value of the lexical analyzer function is a numeric code which
1647 represents a token type. The same text used in Bison rules to stand for
1648 this token type is also a C expression for the numeric code for the type.
1649 This works in two ways. If the token type is a character literal, then its
1650 numeric code is that of the character; you can use the same
1651 character literal in the lexical analyzer to express the number. If the
1652 token type is an identifier, that identifier is defined by Bison as a C
1653 macro whose definition is the appropriate number. In this example,
1654 therefore, @code{NUM} becomes a macro for @code{yylex} to use.
1655
1656 The semantic value of the token (if it has one) is stored into the
1657 global variable @code{yylval}, which is where the Bison parser will look
1658 for it. (The C data type of @code{yylval} is @code{YYSTYPE}, which was
1659 defined at the beginning of the grammar; @pxref{Rpcalc Decls,
1660 ,Declarations for @code{rpcalc}}.)
1661
1662 A token type code of zero is returned if the end-of-input is encountered.
1663 (Bison recognizes any nonpositive value as indicating end-of-input.)
1664
1665 Here is the code for the lexical analyzer:
1666
1667 @example
1668 @group
1669 /* The lexical analyzer returns a double floating point
1670 number on the stack and the token NUM, or the numeric code
1671 of the character read if not a number. It skips all blanks
1672 and tabs, and returns 0 for end-of-input. */
1673
1674 #include <ctype.h>
1675 @end group
1676
1677 @group
1678 int
1679 yylex (void)
1680 @{
1681 int c;
1682
1683 /* Skip white space. */
1684 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
1685 ;
1686 @end group
1687 @group
1688 /* Process numbers. */
1689 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
1690 @{
1691 ungetc (c, stdin);
1692 scanf ("%lf", &yylval);
1693 return NUM;
1694 @}
1695 @end group
1696 @group
1697 /* Return end-of-input. */
1698 if (c == EOF)
1699 return 0;
1700 /* Return a single char. */
1701 return c;
1702 @}
1703 @end group
1704 @end example
1705
1706 @node Rpcalc Main
1707 @subsection The Controlling Function
1708 @cindex controlling function
1709 @cindex main function in simple example
1710
1711 In keeping with the spirit of this example, the controlling function is
1712 kept to the bare minimum. The only requirement is that it call
1713 @code{yyparse} to start the process of parsing.
1714
1715 @example
1716 @group
1717 int
1718 main (void)
1719 @{
1720 return yyparse ();
1721 @}
1722 @end group
1723 @end example
1724
1725 @node Rpcalc Error
1726 @subsection The Error Reporting Routine
1727 @cindex error reporting routine
1728
1729 When @code{yyparse} detects a syntax error, it calls the error reporting
1730 function @code{yyerror} to print an error message (usually but not
1731 always @code{"syntax error"}). It is up to the programmer to supply
1732 @code{yyerror} (@pxref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}), so
1733 here is the definition we will use:
1734
1735 @example
1736 @group
1737 #include <stdio.h>
1738
1739 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
1740 void
1741 yyerror (char const *s)
1742 @{
1743 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
1744 @}
1745 @end group
1746 @end example
1747
1748 After @code{yyerror} returns, the Bison parser may recover from the error
1749 and continue parsing if the grammar contains a suitable error rule
1750 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Otherwise, @code{yyparse} returns nonzero. We
1751 have not written any error rules in this example, so any invalid input will
1752 cause the calculator program to exit. This is not clean behavior for a
1753 real calculator, but it is adequate for the first example.
1754
1755 @node Rpcalc Gen
1756 @subsection Running Bison to Make the Parser
1757 @cindex running Bison (introduction)
1758
1759 Before running Bison to produce a parser, we need to decide how to
1760 arrange all the source code in one or more source files. For such a
1761 simple example, the easiest thing is to put everything in one file. The
1762 definitions of @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} go at the
1763 end, in the epilogue of the file
1764 (@pxref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}).
1765
1766 For a large project, you would probably have several source files, and use
1767 @code{make} to arrange to recompile them.
1768
1769 With all the source in a single file, you use the following command to
1770 convert it into a parser file:
1771
1772 @example
1773 bison @var{file}.y
1774 @end example
1775
1776 @noindent
1777 In this example the file was called @file{rpcalc.y} (for ``Reverse Polish
1778 @sc{calc}ulator''). Bison produces a file named @file{@var{file}.tab.c},
1779 removing the @samp{.y} from the original file name. The file output by
1780 Bison contains the source code for @code{yyparse}. The additional
1781 functions in the input file (@code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main})
1782 are copied verbatim to the output.
1783
1784 @node Rpcalc Compile
1785 @subsection Compiling the Parser File
1786 @cindex compiling the parser
1787
1788 Here is how to compile and run the parser file:
1789
1790 @example
1791 @group
1792 # @r{List files in current directory.}
1793 $ @kbd{ls}
1794 rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1795 @end group
1796
1797 @group
1798 # @r{Compile the Bison parser.}
1799 # @r{@samp{-lm} tells compiler to search math library for @code{pow}.}
1800 $ @kbd{cc -lm -o rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c}
1801 @end group
1802
1803 @group
1804 # @r{List files again.}
1805 $ @kbd{ls}
1806 rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1807 @end group
1808 @end example
1809
1810 The file @file{rpcalc} now contains the executable code. Here is an
1811 example session using @code{rpcalc}.
1812
1813 @example
1814 $ @kbd{rpcalc}
1815 @kbd{4 9 +}
1816 13
1817 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 *+-}
1818 -13
1819 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 * + - n} @r{Note the unary minus, @samp{n}}
1820 13
1821 @kbd{5 6 / 4 n +}
1822 -3.166666667
1823 @kbd{3 4 ^} @r{Exponentiation}
1824 81
1825 @kbd{^D} @r{End-of-file indicator}
1826 $
1827 @end example
1828
1829 @node Infix Calc
1830 @section Infix Notation Calculator: @code{calc}
1831 @cindex infix notation calculator
1832 @cindex @code{calc}
1833 @cindex calculator, infix notation
1834
1835 We now modify rpcalc to handle infix operators instead of postfix. Infix
1836 notation involves the concept of operator precedence and the need for
1837 parentheses nested to arbitrary depth. Here is the Bison code for
1838 @file{calc.y}, an infix desk-top calculator.
1839
1840 @example
1841 /* Infix notation calculator. */
1842
1843 %@{
1844 #define YYSTYPE double
1845 #include <math.h>
1846 #include <stdio.h>
1847 int yylex (void);
1848 void yyerror (char const *);
1849 %@}
1850
1851 /* Bison declarations. */
1852 %token NUM
1853 %left '-' '+'
1854 %left '*' '/'
1855 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
1856 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
1857
1858 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1859 input: /* empty */
1860 | input line
1861 ;
1862
1863 line: '\n'
1864 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1865 ;
1866
1867 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1868 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1869 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1870 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1871 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
1872 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
1873 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
1874 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
1875 ;
1876 %%
1877 @end example
1878
1879 @noindent
1880 The functions @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} can be the
1881 same as before.
1882
1883 There are two important new features shown in this code.
1884
1885 In the second section (Bison declarations), @code{%left} declares token
1886 types and says they are left-associative operators. The declarations
1887 @code{%left} and @code{%right} (right associativity) take the place of
1888 @code{%token} which is used to declare a token type name without
1889 associativity. (These tokens are single-character literals, which
1890 ordinarily don't need to be declared. We declare them here to specify
1891 the associativity.)
1892
1893 Operator precedence is determined by the line ordering of the
1894 declarations; the higher the line number of the declaration (lower on
1895 the page or screen), the higher the precedence. Hence, exponentiation
1896 has the highest precedence, unary minus (@code{NEG}) is next, followed
1897 by @samp{*} and @samp{/}, and so on. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator
1898 Precedence}.
1899
1900 The other important new feature is the @code{%prec} in the grammar
1901 section for the unary minus operator. The @code{%prec} simply instructs
1902 Bison that the rule @samp{| '-' exp} has the same precedence as
1903 @code{NEG}---in this case the next-to-highest. @xref{Contextual
1904 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
1905
1906 Here is a sample run of @file{calc.y}:
1907
1908 @need 500
1909 @example
1910 $ @kbd{calc}
1911 @kbd{4 + 4.5 - (34/(8*3+-3))}
1912 6.880952381
1913 @kbd{-56 + 2}
1914 -54
1915 @kbd{3 ^ 2}
1916 9
1917 @end example
1918
1919 @node Simple Error Recovery
1920 @section Simple Error Recovery
1921 @cindex error recovery, simple
1922
1923 Up to this point, this manual has not addressed the issue of @dfn{error
1924 recovery}---how to continue parsing after the parser detects a syntax
1925 error. All we have handled is error reporting with @code{yyerror}.
1926 Recall that by default @code{yyparse} returns after calling
1927 @code{yyerror}. This means that an erroneous input line causes the
1928 calculator program to exit. Now we show how to rectify this deficiency.
1929
1930 The Bison language itself includes the reserved word @code{error}, which
1931 may be included in the grammar rules. In the example below it has
1932 been added to one of the alternatives for @code{line}:
1933
1934 @example
1935 @group
1936 line: '\n'
1937 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1938 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
1939 ;
1940 @end group
1941 @end example
1942
1943 This addition to the grammar allows for simple error recovery in the
1944 event of a syntax error. If an expression that cannot be evaluated is
1945 read, the error will be recognized by the third rule for @code{line},
1946 and parsing will continue. (The @code{yyerror} function is still called
1947 upon to print its message as well.) The action executes the statement
1948 @code{yyerrok}, a macro defined automatically by Bison; its meaning is
1949 that error recovery is complete (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Note the
1950 difference between @code{yyerrok} and @code{yyerror}; neither one is a
1951 misprint.
1952
1953 This form of error recovery deals with syntax errors. There are other
1954 kinds of errors; for example, division by zero, which raises an exception
1955 signal that is normally fatal. A real calculator program must handle this
1956 signal and use @code{longjmp} to return to @code{main} and resume parsing
1957 input lines; it would also have to discard the rest of the current line of
1958 input. We won't discuss this issue further because it is not specific to
1959 Bison programs.
1960
1961 @node Location Tracking Calc
1962 @section Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
1963 @cindex location tracking calculator
1964 @cindex @code{ltcalc}
1965 @cindex calculator, location tracking
1966
1967 This example extends the infix notation calculator with location
1968 tracking. This feature will be used to improve the error messages. For
1969 the sake of clarity, this example is a simple integer calculator, since
1970 most of the work needed to use locations will be done in the lexical
1971 analyzer.
1972
1973 @menu
1974 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
1975 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
1976 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1977 @end menu
1978
1979 @node Ltcalc Decls
1980 @subsection Declarations for @code{ltcalc}
1981
1982 The C and Bison declarations for the location tracking calculator are
1983 the same as the declarations for the infix notation calculator.
1984
1985 @example
1986 /* Location tracking calculator. */
1987
1988 %@{
1989 #define YYSTYPE int
1990 #include <math.h>
1991 int yylex (void);
1992 void yyerror (char const *);
1993 %@}
1994
1995 /* Bison declarations. */
1996 %token NUM
1997
1998 %left '-' '+'
1999 %left '*' '/'
2000 %left NEG
2001 %right '^'
2002
2003 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2004 @end example
2005
2006 @noindent
2007 Note there are no declarations specific to locations. Defining a data
2008 type for storing locations is not needed: we will use the type provided
2009 by default (@pxref{Location Type, ,Data Types of Locations}), which is a
2010 four member structure with the following integer fields:
2011 @code{first_line}, @code{first_column}, @code{last_line} and
2012 @code{last_column}. By conventions, and in accordance with the GNU
2013 Coding Standards and common practice, the line and column count both
2014 start at 1.
2015
2016 @node Ltcalc Rules
2017 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{ltcalc}
2018
2019 Whether handling locations or not has no effect on the syntax of your
2020 language. Therefore, grammar rules for this example will be very close
2021 to those of the previous example: we will only modify them to benefit
2022 from the new information.
2023
2024 Here, we will use locations to report divisions by zero, and locate the
2025 wrong expressions or subexpressions.
2026
2027 @example
2028 @group
2029 input : /* empty */
2030 | input line
2031 ;
2032 @end group
2033
2034 @group
2035 line : '\n'
2036 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("%d\n", $1); @}
2037 ;
2038 @end group
2039
2040 @group
2041 exp : NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2042 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2043 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2044 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2045 @end group
2046 @group
2047 | exp '/' exp
2048 @{
2049 if ($3)
2050 $$ = $1 / $3;
2051 else
2052 @{
2053 $$ = 1;
2054 fprintf (stderr, "%d.%d-%d.%d: division by zero",
2055 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
2056 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
2057 @}
2058 @}
2059 @end group
2060 @group
2061 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2062 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2063 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2064 @end group
2065 @end example
2066
2067 This code shows how to reach locations inside of semantic actions, by
2068 using the pseudo-variables @code{@@@var{n}} for rule components, and the
2069 pseudo-variable @code{@@$} for groupings.
2070
2071 We don't need to assign a value to @code{@@$}: the output parser does it
2072 automatically. By default, before executing the C code of each action,
2073 @code{@@$} is set to range from the beginning of @code{@@1} to the end
2074 of @code{@@@var{n}}, for a rule with @var{n} components. This behavior
2075 can be redefined (@pxref{Location Default Action, , Default Action for
2076 Locations}), and for very specific rules, @code{@@$} can be computed by
2077 hand.
2078
2079 @node Ltcalc Lexer
2080 @subsection The @code{ltcalc} Lexical Analyzer.
2081
2082 Until now, we relied on Bison's defaults to enable location
2083 tracking. The next step is to rewrite the lexical analyzer, and make it
2084 able to feed the parser with the token locations, as it already does for
2085 semantic values.
2086
2087 To this end, we must take into account every single character of the
2088 input text, to avoid the computed locations of being fuzzy or wrong:
2089
2090 @example
2091 @group
2092 int
2093 yylex (void)
2094 @{
2095 int c;
2096 @end group
2097
2098 @group
2099 /* Skip white space. */
2100 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
2101 ++yylloc.last_column;
2102 @end group
2103
2104 @group
2105 /* Step. */
2106 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line;
2107 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column;
2108 @end group
2109
2110 @group
2111 /* Process numbers. */
2112 if (isdigit (c))
2113 @{
2114 yylval = c - '0';
2115 ++yylloc.last_column;
2116 while (isdigit (c = getchar ()))
2117 @{
2118 ++yylloc.last_column;
2119 yylval = yylval * 10 + c - '0';
2120 @}
2121 ungetc (c, stdin);
2122 return NUM;
2123 @}
2124 @end group
2125
2126 /* Return end-of-input. */
2127 if (c == EOF)
2128 return 0;
2129
2130 /* Return a single char, and update location. */
2131 if (c == '\n')
2132 @{
2133 ++yylloc.last_line;
2134 yylloc.last_column = 0;
2135 @}
2136 else
2137 ++yylloc.last_column;
2138 return c;
2139 @}
2140 @end example
2141
2142 Basically, the lexical analyzer performs the same processing as before:
2143 it skips blanks and tabs, and reads numbers or single-character tokens.
2144 In addition, it updates @code{yylloc}, the global variable (of type
2145 @code{YYLTYPE}) containing the token's location.
2146
2147 Now, each time this function returns a token, the parser has its number
2148 as well as its semantic value, and its location in the text. The last
2149 needed change is to initialize @code{yylloc}, for example in the
2150 controlling function:
2151
2152 @example
2153 @group
2154 int
2155 main (void)
2156 @{
2157 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line = 1;
2158 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0;
2159 return yyparse ();
2160 @}
2161 @end group
2162 @end example
2163
2164 Remember that computing locations is not a matter of syntax. Every
2165 character must be associated to a location update, whether it is in
2166 valid input, in comments, in literal strings, and so on.
2167
2168 @node Multi-function Calc
2169 @section Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
2170 @cindex multi-function calculator
2171 @cindex @code{mfcalc}
2172 @cindex calculator, multi-function
2173
2174 Now that the basics of Bison have been discussed, it is time to move on to
2175 a more advanced problem. The above calculators provided only five
2176 functions, @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{/} and @samp{^}. It would
2177 be nice to have a calculator that provides other mathematical functions such
2178 as @code{sin}, @code{cos}, etc.
2179
2180 It is easy to add new operators to the infix calculator as long as they are
2181 only single-character literals. The lexical analyzer @code{yylex} passes
2182 back all nonnumeric characters as tokens, so new grammar rules suffice for
2183 adding a new operator. But we want something more flexible: built-in
2184 functions whose syntax has this form:
2185
2186 @example
2187 @var{function_name} (@var{argument})
2188 @end example
2189
2190 @noindent
2191 At the same time, we will add memory to the calculator, by allowing you
2192 to create named variables, store values in them, and use them later.
2193 Here is a sample session with the multi-function calculator:
2194
2195 @example
2196 $ @kbd{mfcalc}
2197 @kbd{pi = 3.141592653589}
2198 3.1415926536
2199 @kbd{sin(pi)}
2200 0.0000000000
2201 @kbd{alpha = beta1 = 2.3}
2202 2.3000000000
2203 @kbd{alpha}
2204 2.3000000000
2205 @kbd{ln(alpha)}
2206 0.8329091229
2207 @kbd{exp(ln(beta1))}
2208 2.3000000000
2209 $
2210 @end example
2211
2212 Note that multiple assignment and nested function calls are permitted.
2213
2214 @menu
2215 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
2216 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
2217 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
2218 @end menu
2219
2220 @node Mfcalc Decl
2221 @subsection Declarations for @code{mfcalc}
2222
2223 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the multi-function calculator.
2224
2225 @smallexample
2226 @group
2227 %@{
2228 #include <math.h> /* For math functions, cos(), sin(), etc. */
2229 #include "calc.h" /* Contains definition of `symrec'. */
2230 int yylex (void);
2231 void yyerror (char const *);
2232 %@}
2233 @end group
2234 @group
2235 %union @{
2236 double val; /* For returning numbers. */
2237 symrec *tptr; /* For returning symbol-table pointers. */
2238 @}
2239 @end group
2240 %token <val> NUM /* Simple double precision number. */
2241 %token <tptr> VAR FNCT /* Variable and Function. */
2242 %type <val> exp
2243
2244 @group
2245 %right '='
2246 %left '-' '+'
2247 %left '*' '/'
2248 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
2249 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
2250 @end group
2251 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2252 @end smallexample
2253
2254 The above grammar introduces only two new features of the Bison language.
2255 These features allow semantic values to have various data types
2256 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
2257
2258 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire list of possible types;
2259 this is instead of defining @code{YYSTYPE}. The allowable types are now
2260 double-floats (for @code{exp} and @code{NUM}) and pointers to entries in
2261 the symbol table. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
2262
2263 Since values can now have various types, it is necessary to associate a
2264 type with each grammar symbol whose semantic value is used. These symbols
2265 are @code{NUM}, @code{VAR}, @code{FNCT}, and @code{exp}. Their
2266 declarations are augmented with information about their data type (placed
2267 between angle brackets).
2268
2269 The Bison construct @code{%type} is used for declaring nonterminal
2270 symbols, just as @code{%token} is used for declaring token types. We
2271 have not used @code{%type} before because nonterminal symbols are
2272 normally declared implicitly by the rules that define them. But
2273 @code{exp} must be declared explicitly so we can specify its value type.
2274 @xref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
2275
2276 @node Mfcalc Rules
2277 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{mfcalc}
2278
2279 Here are the grammar rules for the multi-function calculator.
2280 Most of them are copied directly from @code{calc}; three rules,
2281 those which mention @code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}, are new.
2282
2283 @smallexample
2284 @group
2285 input: /* empty */
2286 | input line
2287 ;
2288 @end group
2289
2290 @group
2291 line:
2292 '\n'
2293 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
2294 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
2295 ;
2296 @end group
2297
2298 @group
2299 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2300 | VAR @{ $$ = $1->value.var; @}
2301 | VAR '=' exp @{ $$ = $3; $1->value.var = $3; @}
2302 | FNCT '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = (*($1->value.fnctptr))($3); @}
2303 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2304 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2305 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2306 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
2307 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2308 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2309 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2310 ;
2311 @end group
2312 /* End of grammar. */
2313 %%
2314 @end smallexample
2315
2316 @node Mfcalc Symtab
2317 @subsection The @code{mfcalc} Symbol Table
2318 @cindex symbol table example
2319
2320 The multi-function calculator requires a symbol table to keep track of the
2321 names and meanings of variables and functions. This doesn't affect the
2322 grammar rules (except for the actions) or the Bison declarations, but it
2323 requires some additional C functions for support.
2324
2325 The symbol table itself consists of a linked list of records. Its
2326 definition, which is kept in the header @file{calc.h}, is as follows. It
2327 provides for either functions or variables to be placed in the table.
2328
2329 @smallexample
2330 @group
2331 /* Function type. */
2332 typedef double (*func_t) (double);
2333 @end group
2334
2335 @group
2336 /* Data type for links in the chain of symbols. */
2337 struct symrec
2338 @{
2339 char *name; /* name of symbol */
2340 int type; /* type of symbol: either VAR or FNCT */
2341 union
2342 @{
2343 double var; /* value of a VAR */
2344 func_t fnctptr; /* value of a FNCT */
2345 @} value;
2346 struct symrec *next; /* link field */
2347 @};
2348 @end group
2349
2350 @group
2351 typedef struct symrec symrec;
2352
2353 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2354 extern symrec *sym_table;
2355
2356 symrec *putsym (char const *, int);
2357 symrec *getsym (char const *);
2358 @end group
2359 @end smallexample
2360
2361 The new version of @code{main} includes a call to @code{init_table}, a
2362 function that initializes the symbol table. Here it is, and
2363 @code{init_table} as well:
2364
2365 @smallexample
2366 #include <stdio.h>
2367
2368 @group
2369 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
2370 void
2371 yyerror (char const *s)
2372 @{
2373 printf ("%s\n", s);
2374 @}
2375 @end group
2376
2377 @group
2378 struct init
2379 @{
2380 char const *fname;
2381 double (*fnct) (double);
2382 @};
2383 @end group
2384
2385 @group
2386 struct init const arith_fncts[] =
2387 @{
2388 "sin", sin,
2389 "cos", cos,
2390 "atan", atan,
2391 "ln", log,
2392 "exp", exp,
2393 "sqrt", sqrt,
2394 0, 0
2395 @};
2396 @end group
2397
2398 @group
2399 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2400 symrec *sym_table;
2401 @end group
2402
2403 @group
2404 /* Put arithmetic functions in table. */
2405 void
2406 init_table (void)
2407 @{
2408 int i;
2409 symrec *ptr;
2410 for (i = 0; arith_fncts[i].fname != 0; i++)
2411 @{
2412 ptr = putsym (arith_fncts[i].fname, FNCT);
2413 ptr->value.fnctptr = arith_fncts[i].fnct;
2414 @}
2415 @}
2416 @end group
2417
2418 @group
2419 int
2420 main (void)
2421 @{
2422 init_table ();
2423 return yyparse ();
2424 @}
2425 @end group
2426 @end smallexample
2427
2428 By simply editing the initialization list and adding the necessary include
2429 files, you can add additional functions to the calculator.
2430
2431 Two important functions allow look-up and installation of symbols in the
2432 symbol table. The function @code{putsym} is passed a name and the type
2433 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) of the object to be installed. The object is
2434 linked to the front of the list, and a pointer to the object is returned.
2435 The function @code{getsym} is passed the name of the symbol to look up. If
2436 found, a pointer to that symbol is returned; otherwise zero is returned.
2437
2438 @smallexample
2439 symrec *
2440 putsym (char const *sym_name, int sym_type)
2441 @{
2442 symrec *ptr;
2443 ptr = (symrec *) malloc (sizeof (symrec));
2444 ptr->name = (char *) malloc (strlen (sym_name) + 1);
2445 strcpy (ptr->name,sym_name);
2446 ptr->type = sym_type;
2447 ptr->value.var = 0; /* Set value to 0 even if fctn. */
2448 ptr->next = (struct symrec *)sym_table;
2449 sym_table = ptr;
2450 return ptr;
2451 @}
2452
2453 symrec *
2454 getsym (char const *sym_name)
2455 @{
2456 symrec *ptr;
2457 for (ptr = sym_table; ptr != (symrec *) 0;
2458 ptr = (symrec *)ptr->next)
2459 if (strcmp (ptr->name,sym_name) == 0)
2460 return ptr;
2461 return 0;
2462 @}
2463 @end smallexample
2464
2465 The function @code{yylex} must now recognize variables, numeric values, and
2466 the single-character arithmetic operators. Strings of alphanumeric
2467 characters with a leading letter are recognized as either variables or
2468 functions depending on what the symbol table says about them.
2469
2470 The string is passed to @code{getsym} for look up in the symbol table. If
2471 the name appears in the table, a pointer to its location and its type
2472 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) is returned to @code{yyparse}. If it is not
2473 already in the table, then it is installed as a @code{VAR} using
2474 @code{putsym}. Again, a pointer and its type (which must be @code{VAR}) is
2475 returned to @code{yyparse}.
2476
2477 No change is needed in the handling of numeric values and arithmetic
2478 operators in @code{yylex}.
2479
2480 @smallexample
2481 @group
2482 #include <ctype.h>
2483 @end group
2484
2485 @group
2486 int
2487 yylex (void)
2488 @{
2489 int c;
2490
2491 /* Ignore white space, get first nonwhite character. */
2492 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t');
2493
2494 if (c == EOF)
2495 return 0;
2496 @end group
2497
2498 @group
2499 /* Char starts a number => parse the number. */
2500 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
2501 @{
2502 ungetc (c, stdin);
2503 scanf ("%lf", &yylval.val);
2504 return NUM;
2505 @}
2506 @end group
2507
2508 @group
2509 /* Char starts an identifier => read the name. */
2510 if (isalpha (c))
2511 @{
2512 symrec *s;
2513 static char *symbuf = 0;
2514 static int length = 0;
2515 int i;
2516 @end group
2517
2518 @group
2519 /* Initially make the buffer long enough
2520 for a 40-character symbol name. */
2521 if (length == 0)
2522 length = 40, symbuf = (char *)malloc (length + 1);
2523
2524 i = 0;
2525 do
2526 @end group
2527 @group
2528 @{
2529 /* If buffer is full, make it bigger. */
2530 if (i == length)
2531 @{
2532 length *= 2;
2533 symbuf = (char *) realloc (symbuf, length + 1);
2534 @}
2535 /* Add this character to the buffer. */
2536 symbuf[i++] = c;
2537 /* Get another character. */
2538 c = getchar ();
2539 @}
2540 @end group
2541 @group
2542 while (isalnum (c));
2543
2544 ungetc (c, stdin);
2545 symbuf[i] = '\0';
2546 @end group
2547
2548 @group
2549 s = getsym (symbuf);
2550 if (s == 0)
2551 s = putsym (symbuf, VAR);
2552 yylval.tptr = s;
2553 return s->type;
2554 @}
2555
2556 /* Any other character is a token by itself. */
2557 return c;
2558 @}
2559 @end group
2560 @end smallexample
2561
2562 This program is both powerful and flexible. You may easily add new
2563 functions, and it is a simple job to modify this code to install
2564 predefined variables such as @code{pi} or @code{e} as well.
2565
2566 @node Exercises
2567 @section Exercises
2568 @cindex exercises
2569
2570 @enumerate
2571 @item
2572 Add some new functions from @file{math.h} to the initialization list.
2573
2574 @item
2575 Add another array that contains constants and their values. Then
2576 modify @code{init_table} to add these constants to the symbol table.
2577 It will be easiest to give the constants type @code{VAR}.
2578
2579 @item
2580 Make the program report an error if the user refers to an
2581 uninitialized variable in any way except to store a value in it.
2582 @end enumerate
2583
2584 @node Grammar File
2585 @chapter Bison Grammar Files
2586
2587 Bison takes as input a context-free grammar specification and produces a
2588 C-language function that recognizes correct instances of the grammar.
2589
2590 The Bison grammar input file conventionally has a name ending in @samp{.y}.
2591 @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2592
2593 @menu
2594 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
2595 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
2596 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
2597 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
2598 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
2599 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
2600 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
2601 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
2602 @end menu
2603
2604 @node Grammar Outline
2605 @section Outline of a Bison Grammar
2606
2607 A Bison grammar file has four main sections, shown here with the
2608 appropriate delimiters:
2609
2610 @example
2611 %@{
2612 @var{Prologue}
2613 %@}
2614
2615 @var{Bison declarations}
2616
2617 %%
2618 @var{Grammar rules}
2619 %%
2620
2621 @var{Epilogue}
2622 @end example
2623
2624 Comments enclosed in @samp{/* @dots{} */} may appear in any of the sections.
2625 As a @acronym{GNU} extension, @samp{//} introduces a comment that
2626 continues until end of line.
2627
2628 @menu
2629 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
2630 * Prologue Alternatives:: Syntax and usage of alternatives to the prologue.
2631 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
2632 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
2633 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
2634 @end menu
2635
2636 @node Prologue
2637 @subsection The prologue
2638 @cindex declarations section
2639 @cindex Prologue
2640 @cindex declarations
2641
2642 The @var{Prologue} section contains macro definitions and declarations
2643 of functions and variables that are used in the actions in the grammar
2644 rules. These are copied to the beginning of the parser file so that
2645 they precede the definition of @code{yyparse}. You can use
2646 @samp{#include} to get the declarations from a header file. If you
2647 don't need any C declarations, you may omit the @samp{%@{} and
2648 @samp{%@}} delimiters that bracket this section.
2649
2650 The @var{Prologue} section is terminated by the first occurrence
2651 of @samp{%@}} that is outside a comment, a string literal, or a
2652 character constant.
2653
2654 You may have more than one @var{Prologue} section, intermixed with the
2655 @var{Bison declarations}. This allows you to have C and Bison
2656 declarations that refer to each other. For example, the @code{%union}
2657 declaration may use types defined in a header file, and you may wish to
2658 prototype functions that take arguments of type @code{YYSTYPE}. This
2659 can be done with two @var{Prologue} blocks, one before and one after the
2660 @code{%union} declaration.
2661
2662 @smallexample
2663 %@{
2664 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2665 #include <stdio.h>
2666 #include "ptypes.h"
2667 %@}
2668
2669 %union @{
2670 long int n;
2671 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2672 @}
2673
2674 %@{
2675 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2676 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2677 %@}
2678
2679 @dots{}
2680 @end smallexample
2681
2682 When in doubt, it is usually safer to put prologue code before all
2683 Bison declarations, rather than after. For example, any definitions
2684 of feature test macros like @code{_GNU_SOURCE} or
2685 @code{_POSIX_C_SOURCE} should appear before all Bison declarations, as
2686 feature test macros can affect the behavior of Bison-generated
2687 @code{#include} directives.
2688
2689 @node Prologue Alternatives
2690 @subsection Prologue Alternatives
2691 @cindex Prologue Alternatives
2692
2693 @findex %code
2694 @findex %code requires
2695 @findex %code provides
2696 @findex %code top
2697 (The prologue alternatives described here are experimental.
2698 More user feedback will help to determine whether they should become permanent
2699 features.)
2700
2701 The functionality of @var{Prologue} sections can often be subtle and
2702 inflexible.
2703 As an alternative, Bison provides a %code directive with an explicit qualifier
2704 field, which identifies the purpose of the code and thus the location(s) where
2705 Bison should generate it.
2706 For C/C++, the qualifier can be omitted for the default location, or it can be
2707 one of @code{requires}, @code{provides}, @code{top}.
2708 @xref{Decl Summary,,%code}.
2709
2710 Look again at the example of the previous section:
2711
2712 @smallexample
2713 %@{
2714 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2715 #include <stdio.h>
2716 #include "ptypes.h"
2717 %@}
2718
2719 %union @{
2720 long int n;
2721 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2722 @}
2723
2724 %@{
2725 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2726 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2727 %@}
2728
2729 @dots{}
2730 @end smallexample
2731
2732 @noindent
2733 Notice that there are two @var{Prologue} sections here, but there's a subtle
2734 distinction between their functionality.
2735 For example, if you decide to override Bison's default definition for
2736 @code{YYLTYPE}, in which @var{Prologue} section should you write your new
2737 definition?
2738 You should write it in the first since Bison will insert that code into the
2739 parser source code file @emph{before} the default @code{YYLTYPE} definition.
2740 In which @var{Prologue} section should you prototype an internal function,
2741 @code{trace_token}, that accepts @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype} as
2742 arguments?
2743 You should prototype it in the second since Bison will insert that code
2744 @emph{after} the @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype} definitions.
2745
2746 This distinction in functionality between the two @var{Prologue} sections is
2747 established by the appearance of the @code{%union} between them.
2748 This behavior raises a few questions.
2749 First, why should the position of a @code{%union} affect definitions related to
2750 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype}?
2751 Second, what if there is no @code{%union}?
2752 In that case, the second kind of @var{Prologue} section is not available.
2753 This behavior is not intuitive.
2754
2755 To avoid this subtle @code{%union} dependency, rewrite the example using a
2756 @code{%code top} and an unqualified @code{%code}.
2757 Let's go ahead and add the new @code{YYLTYPE} definition and the
2758 @code{trace_token} prototype at the same time:
2759
2760 @smallexample
2761 %code top @{
2762 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2763 #include <stdio.h>
2764
2765 /* WARNING: The following code really belongs
2766 * in a `%code requires'; see below. */
2767
2768 #include "ptypes.h"
2769 #define YYLTYPE YYLTYPE
2770 typedef struct YYLTYPE
2771 @{
2772 int first_line;
2773 int first_column;
2774 int last_line;
2775 int last_column;
2776 char *filename;
2777 @} YYLTYPE;
2778 @}
2779
2780 %union @{
2781 long int n;
2782 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2783 @}
2784
2785 %code @{
2786 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2787 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2788 static void trace_token (enum yytokentype token, YYLTYPE loc);
2789 @}
2790
2791 @dots{}
2792 @end smallexample
2793
2794 @noindent
2795 In this way, @code{%code top} and the unqualified @code{%code} achieve the same
2796 functionality as the two kinds of @var{Prologue} sections, but it's always
2797 explicit which kind you intend.
2798 Moreover, both kinds are always available even in the absence of @code{%union}.
2799
2800 The @code{%code top} block above logically contains two parts.
2801 The first two lines before the warning need to appear near the top of the
2802 parser source code file.
2803 The first line after the warning is required by @code{YYSTYPE} and thus also
2804 needs to appear in the parser source code file.
2805 However, if you've instructed Bison to generate a parser header file
2806 (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,%defines}), you probably want that line to appear before
2807 the @code{YYSTYPE} definition in that header file as well.
2808 The @code{YYLTYPE} definition should also appear in the parser header file to
2809 override the default @code{YYLTYPE} definition there.
2810
2811 In other words, in the @code{%code top} block above, all but the first two
2812 lines are dependency code required by the @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE}
2813 definitions.
2814 Thus, they belong in one or more @code{%code requires}:
2815
2816 @smallexample
2817 %code top @{
2818 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2819 #include <stdio.h>
2820 @}
2821
2822 %code requires @{
2823 #include "ptypes.h"
2824 @}
2825 %union @{
2826 long int n;
2827 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2828 @}
2829
2830 %code requires @{
2831 #define YYLTYPE YYLTYPE
2832 typedef struct YYLTYPE
2833 @{
2834 int first_line;
2835 int first_column;
2836 int last_line;
2837 int last_column;
2838 char *filename;
2839 @} YYLTYPE;
2840 @}
2841
2842 %code @{
2843 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2844 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2845 static void trace_token (enum yytokentype token, YYLTYPE loc);
2846 @}
2847
2848 @dots{}
2849 @end smallexample
2850
2851 @noindent
2852 Now Bison will insert @code{#include "ptypes.h"} and the new @code{YYLTYPE}
2853 definition before the Bison-generated @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE}
2854 definitions in both the parser source code file and the parser header file.
2855 (By the same reasoning, @code{%code requires} would also be the appropriate
2856 place to write your own definition for @code{YYSTYPE}.)
2857
2858 When you are writing dependency code for @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE}, you
2859 should prefer @code{%code requires} over @code{%code top} regardless of whether
2860 you instruct Bison to generate a parser header file.
2861 When you are writing code that you need Bison to insert only into the parser
2862 source code file and that has no special need to appear at the top of that
2863 file, you should prefer the unqualified @code{%code} over @code{%code top}.
2864 These practices will make the purpose of each block of your code explicit to
2865 Bison and to other developers reading your grammar file.
2866 Following these practices, we expect the unqualified @code{%code} and
2867 @code{%code requires} to be the most important of the four @var{Prologue}
2868 alternatives.
2869
2870 At some point while developing your parser, you might decide to provide
2871 @code{trace_token} to modules that are external to your parser.
2872 Thus, you might wish for Bison to insert the prototype into both the parser
2873 header file and the parser source code file.
2874 Since this function is not a dependency required by @code{YYSTYPE} or
2875 @code{YYLTYPE}, it doesn't make sense to move its prototype to a
2876 @code{%code requires}.
2877 More importantly, since it depends upon @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype},
2878 @code{%code requires} is not sufficient.
2879 Instead, move its prototype from the unqualified @code{%code} to a
2880 @code{%code provides}:
2881
2882 @smallexample
2883 %code top @{
2884 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2885 #include <stdio.h>
2886 @}
2887
2888 %code requires @{
2889 #include "ptypes.h"
2890 @}
2891 %union @{
2892 long int n;
2893 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2894 @}
2895
2896 %code requires @{
2897 #define YYLTYPE YYLTYPE
2898 typedef struct YYLTYPE
2899 @{
2900 int first_line;
2901 int first_column;
2902 int last_line;
2903 int last_column;
2904 char *filename;
2905 @} YYLTYPE;
2906 @}
2907
2908 %code provides @{
2909 void trace_token (enum yytokentype token, YYLTYPE loc);
2910 @}
2911
2912 %code @{
2913 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2914 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2915 @}
2916
2917 @dots{}
2918 @end smallexample
2919
2920 @noindent
2921 Bison will insert the @code{trace_token} prototype into both the parser header
2922 file and the parser source code file after the definitions for
2923 @code{yytokentype}, @code{YYLTYPE}, and @code{YYSTYPE}.
2924
2925 The above examples are careful to write directives in an order that reflects
2926 the layout of the generated parser source code and header files:
2927 @code{%code top}, @code{%code requires}, @code{%code provides}, and then
2928 @code{%code}.
2929 While your grammar files may generally be easier to read if you also follow
2930 this order, Bison does not require it.
2931 Instead, Bison lets you choose an organization that makes sense to you.
2932
2933 You may declare any of these directives multiple times in the grammar file.
2934 In that case, Bison concatenates the contained code in declaration order.
2935 This is the only way in which the position of one of these directives within
2936 the grammar file affects its functionality.
2937
2938 The result of the previous two properties is greater flexibility in how you may
2939 organize your grammar file.
2940 For example, you may organize semantic-type-related directives by semantic
2941 type:
2942
2943 @smallexample
2944 %code requires @{ #include "type1.h" @}
2945 %union @{ type1 field1; @}
2946 %destructor @{ type1_free ($$); @} <field1>
2947 %printer @{ type1_print ($$); @} <field1>
2948
2949 %code requires @{ #include "type2.h" @}
2950 %union @{ type2 field2; @}
2951 %destructor @{ type2_free ($$); @} <field2>
2952 %printer @{ type2_print ($$); @} <field2>
2953 @end smallexample
2954
2955 @noindent
2956 You could even place each of the above directive groups in the rules section of
2957 the grammar file next to the set of rules that uses the associated semantic
2958 type.
2959 (In the rules section, you must terminate each of those directives with a
2960 semicolon.)
2961 And you don't have to worry that some directive (like a @code{%union}) in the
2962 definitions section is going to adversely affect their functionality in some
2963 counter-intuitive manner just because it comes first.
2964 Such an organization is not possible using @var{Prologue} sections.
2965
2966 This section has been concerned with explaining the advantages of the four
2967 @var{Prologue} alternatives over the original Yacc @var{Prologue}.
2968 However, in most cases when using these directives, you shouldn't need to
2969 think about all the low-level ordering issues discussed here.
2970 Instead, you should simply use these directives to label each block of your
2971 code according to its purpose and let Bison handle the ordering.
2972 @code{%code} is the most generic label.
2973 Move code to @code{%code requires}, @code{%code provides}, or @code{%code top}
2974 as needed.
2975
2976 @node Bison Declarations
2977 @subsection The Bison Declarations Section
2978 @cindex Bison declarations (introduction)
2979 @cindex declarations, Bison (introduction)
2980
2981 The @var{Bison declarations} section contains declarations that define
2982 terminal and nonterminal symbols, specify precedence, and so on.
2983 In some simple grammars you may not need any declarations.
2984 @xref{Declarations, ,Bison Declarations}.
2985
2986 @node Grammar Rules
2987 @subsection The Grammar Rules Section
2988 @cindex grammar rules section
2989 @cindex rules section for grammar
2990
2991 The @dfn{grammar rules} section contains one or more Bison grammar
2992 rules, and nothing else. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
2993
2994 There must always be at least one grammar rule, and the first
2995 @samp{%%} (which precedes the grammar rules) may never be omitted even
2996 if it is the first thing in the file.
2997
2998 @node Epilogue
2999 @subsection The epilogue
3000 @cindex additional C code section
3001 @cindex epilogue
3002 @cindex C code, section for additional
3003
3004 The @var{Epilogue} is copied verbatim to the end of the parser file, just as
3005 the @var{Prologue} is copied to the beginning. This is the most convenient
3006 place to put anything that you want to have in the parser file but which need
3007 not come before the definition of @code{yyparse}. For example, the
3008 definitions of @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} often go here. Because
3009 C requires functions to be declared before being used, you often need
3010 to declare functions like @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} in the Prologue,
3011 even if you define them in the Epilogue.
3012 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
3013
3014 If the last section is empty, you may omit the @samp{%%} that separates it
3015 from the grammar rules.
3016
3017 The Bison parser itself contains many macros and identifiers whose names
3018 start with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}, so it is a good idea to avoid using
3019 any such names (except those documented in this manual) in the epilogue
3020 of the grammar file.
3021
3022 @node Symbols
3023 @section Symbols, Terminal and Nonterminal
3024 @cindex nonterminal symbol
3025 @cindex terminal symbol
3026 @cindex token type
3027 @cindex symbol
3028
3029 @dfn{Symbols} in Bison grammars represent the grammatical classifications
3030 of the language.
3031
3032 A @dfn{terminal symbol} (also known as a @dfn{token type}) represents a
3033 class of syntactically equivalent tokens. You use the symbol in grammar
3034 rules to mean that a token in that class is allowed. The symbol is
3035 represented in the Bison parser by a numeric code, and the @code{yylex}
3036 function returns a token type code to indicate what kind of token has
3037 been read. You don't need to know what the code value is; you can use
3038 the symbol to stand for it.
3039
3040 A @dfn{nonterminal symbol} stands for a class of syntactically
3041 equivalent groupings. The symbol name is used in writing grammar rules.
3042 By convention, it should be all lower case.
3043
3044 Symbol names can contain letters, digits (not at the beginning),
3045 underscores and periods. Periods make sense only in nonterminals.
3046
3047 There are three ways of writing terminal symbols in the grammar:
3048
3049 @itemize @bullet
3050 @item
3051 A @dfn{named token type} is written with an identifier, like an
3052 identifier in C@. By convention, it should be all upper case. Each
3053 such name must be defined with a Bison declaration such as
3054 @code{%token}. @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
3055
3056 @item
3057 @cindex character token
3058 @cindex literal token
3059 @cindex single-character literal
3060 A @dfn{character token type} (or @dfn{literal character token}) is
3061 written in the grammar using the same syntax used in C for character
3062 constants; for example, @code{'+'} is a character token type. A
3063 character token type doesn't need to be declared unless you need to
3064 specify its semantic value data type (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of
3065 Semantic Values}), associativity, or precedence (@pxref{Precedence,
3066 ,Operator Precedence}).
3067
3068 By convention, a character token type is used only to represent a
3069 token that consists of that particular character. Thus, the token
3070 type @code{'+'} is used to represent the character @samp{+} as a
3071 token. Nothing enforces this convention, but if you depart from it,
3072 your program will confuse other readers.
3073
3074 All the usual escape sequences used in character literals in C can be
3075 used in Bison as well, but you must not use the null character as a
3076 character literal because its numeric code, zero, signifies
3077 end-of-input (@pxref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention
3078 for @code{yylex}}). Also, unlike standard C, trigraphs have no
3079 special meaning in Bison character literals, nor is backslash-newline
3080 allowed.
3081
3082 @item
3083 @cindex string token
3084 @cindex literal string token
3085 @cindex multicharacter literal
3086 A @dfn{literal string token} is written like a C string constant; for
3087 example, @code{"<="} is a literal string token. A literal string token
3088 doesn't need to be declared unless you need to specify its semantic
3089 value data type (@pxref{Value Type}), associativity, or precedence
3090 (@pxref{Precedence}).
3091
3092 You can associate the literal string token with a symbolic name as an
3093 alias, using the @code{%token} declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token
3094 Declarations}). If you don't do that, the lexical analyzer has to
3095 retrieve the token number for the literal string token from the
3096 @code{yytname} table (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
3097
3098 @strong{Warning}: literal string tokens do not work in Yacc.
3099
3100 By convention, a literal string token is used only to represent a token
3101 that consists of that particular string. Thus, you should use the token
3102 type @code{"<="} to represent the string @samp{<=} as a token. Bison
3103 does not enforce this convention, but if you depart from it, people who
3104 read your program will be confused.
3105
3106 All the escape sequences used in string literals in C can be used in
3107 Bison as well, except that you must not use a null character within a
3108 string literal. Also, unlike Standard C, trigraphs have no special
3109 meaning in Bison string literals, nor is backslash-newline allowed. A
3110 literal string token must contain two or more characters; for a token
3111 containing just one character, use a character token (see above).
3112 @end itemize
3113
3114 How you choose to write a terminal symbol has no effect on its
3115 grammatical meaning. That depends only on where it appears in rules and
3116 on when the parser function returns that symbol.
3117
3118 The value returned by @code{yylex} is always one of the terminal
3119 symbols, except that a zero or negative value signifies end-of-input.
3120 Whichever way you write the token type in the grammar rules, you write
3121 it the same way in the definition of @code{yylex}. The numeric code
3122 for a character token type is simply the positive numeric code of the
3123 character, so @code{yylex} can use the identical value to generate the
3124 requisite code, though you may need to convert it to @code{unsigned
3125 char} to avoid sign-extension on hosts where @code{char} is signed.
3126 Each named token type becomes a C macro in
3127 the parser file, so @code{yylex} can use the name to stand for the code.
3128 (This is why periods don't make sense in terminal symbols.)
3129 @xref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention for @code{yylex}}.
3130
3131 If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate file, you need to arrange for the
3132 token-type macro definitions to be available there. Use the @samp{-d}
3133 option when you run Bison, so that it will write these macro definitions
3134 into a separate header file @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include
3135 in the other source files that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
3136
3137 If you want to write a grammar that is portable to any Standard C
3138 host, you must use only nonnull character tokens taken from the basic
3139 execution character set of Standard C@. This set consists of the ten
3140 digits, the 52 lower- and upper-case English letters, and the
3141 characters in the following C-language string:
3142
3143 @example
3144 "\a\b\t\n\v\f\r !\"#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[\\]^_@{|@}~"
3145 @end example
3146
3147 The @code{yylex} function and Bison must use a consistent character set
3148 and encoding for character tokens. For example, if you run Bison in an
3149 @acronym{ASCII} environment, but then compile and run the resulting
3150 program in an environment that uses an incompatible character set like
3151 @acronym{EBCDIC}, the resulting program may not work because the tables
3152 generated by Bison will assume @acronym{ASCII} numeric values for
3153 character tokens. It is standard practice for software distributions to
3154 contain C source files that were generated by Bison in an
3155 @acronym{ASCII} environment, so installers on platforms that are
3156 incompatible with @acronym{ASCII} must rebuild those files before
3157 compiling them.
3158
3159 The symbol @code{error} is a terminal symbol reserved for error recovery
3160 (@pxref{Error Recovery}); you shouldn't use it for any other purpose.
3161 In particular, @code{yylex} should never return this value. The default
3162 value of the error token is 256, unless you explicitly assigned 256 to
3163 one of your tokens with a @code{%token} declaration.
3164
3165 @node Rules
3166 @section Syntax of Grammar Rules
3167 @cindex rule syntax
3168 @cindex grammar rule syntax
3169 @cindex syntax of grammar rules
3170
3171 A Bison grammar rule has the following general form:
3172
3173 @example
3174 @group
3175 @var{result}: @var{components}@dots{}
3176 ;
3177 @end group
3178 @end example
3179
3180 @noindent
3181 where @var{result} is the nonterminal symbol that this rule describes,
3182 and @var{components} are various terminal and nonterminal symbols that
3183 are put together by this rule (@pxref{Symbols}).
3184
3185 For example,
3186
3187 @example
3188 @group
3189 exp: exp '+' exp
3190 ;
3191 @end group
3192 @end example
3193
3194 @noindent
3195 says that two groupings of type @code{exp}, with a @samp{+} token in between,
3196 can be combined into a larger grouping of type @code{exp}.
3197
3198 White space in rules is significant only to separate symbols. You can add
3199 extra white space as you wish.
3200
3201 Scattered among the components can be @var{actions} that determine
3202 the semantics of the rule. An action looks like this:
3203
3204 @example
3205 @{@var{C statements}@}
3206 @end example
3207
3208 @noindent
3209 @cindex braced code
3210 This is an example of @dfn{braced code}, that is, C code surrounded by
3211 braces, much like a compound statement in C@. Braced code can contain
3212 any sequence of C tokens, so long as its braces are balanced. Bison
3213 does not check the braced code for correctness directly; it merely
3214 copies the code to the output file, where the C compiler can check it.
3215
3216 Within braced code, the balanced-brace count is not affected by braces
3217 within comments, string literals, or character constants, but it is
3218 affected by the C digraphs @samp{<%} and @samp{%>} that represent
3219 braces. At the top level braced code must be terminated by @samp{@}}
3220 and not by a digraph. Bison does not look for trigraphs, so if braced
3221 code uses trigraphs you should ensure that they do not affect the
3222 nesting of braces or the boundaries of comments, string literals, or
3223 character constants.
3224
3225 Usually there is only one action and it follows the components.
3226 @xref{Actions}.
3227
3228 @findex |
3229 Multiple rules for the same @var{result} can be written separately or can
3230 be joined with the vertical-bar character @samp{|} as follows:
3231
3232 @example
3233 @group
3234 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
3235 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
3236 @dots{}
3237 ;
3238 @end group
3239 @end example
3240
3241 @noindent
3242 They are still considered distinct rules even when joined in this way.
3243
3244 If @var{components} in a rule is empty, it means that @var{result} can
3245 match the empty string. For example, here is how to define a
3246 comma-separated sequence of zero or more @code{exp} groupings:
3247
3248 @example
3249 @group
3250 expseq: /* empty */
3251 | expseq1
3252 ;
3253 @end group
3254
3255 @group
3256 expseq1: exp
3257 | expseq1 ',' exp
3258 ;
3259 @end group
3260 @end example
3261
3262 @noindent
3263 It is customary to write a comment @samp{/* empty */} in each rule
3264 with no components.
3265
3266 @node Recursion
3267 @section Recursive Rules
3268 @cindex recursive rule
3269
3270 A rule is called @dfn{recursive} when its @var{result} nonterminal
3271 appears also on its right hand side. Nearly all Bison grammars need to
3272 use recursion, because that is the only way to define a sequence of any
3273 number of a particular thing. Consider this recursive definition of a
3274 comma-separated sequence of one or more expressions:
3275
3276 @example
3277 @group
3278 expseq1: exp
3279 | expseq1 ',' exp
3280 ;
3281 @end group
3282 @end example
3283
3284 @cindex left recursion
3285 @cindex right recursion
3286 @noindent
3287 Since the recursive use of @code{expseq1} is the leftmost symbol in the
3288 right hand side, we call this @dfn{left recursion}. By contrast, here
3289 the same construct is defined using @dfn{right recursion}:
3290
3291 @example
3292 @group
3293 expseq1: exp
3294 | exp ',' expseq1
3295 ;
3296 @end group
3297 @end example
3298
3299 @noindent
3300 Any kind of sequence can be defined using either left recursion or right
3301 recursion, but you should always use left recursion, because it can
3302 parse a sequence of any number of elements with bounded stack space.
3303 Right recursion uses up space on the Bison stack in proportion to the
3304 number of elements in the sequence, because all the elements must be
3305 shifted onto the stack before the rule can be applied even once.
3306 @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}, for further explanation
3307 of this.
3308
3309 @cindex mutual recursion
3310 @dfn{Indirect} or @dfn{mutual} recursion occurs when the result of the
3311 rule does not appear directly on its right hand side, but does appear
3312 in rules for other nonterminals which do appear on its right hand
3313 side.
3314
3315 For example:
3316
3317 @example
3318 @group
3319 expr: primary
3320 | primary '+' primary
3321 ;
3322 @end group
3323
3324 @group
3325 primary: constant
3326 | '(' expr ')'
3327 ;
3328 @end group
3329 @end example
3330
3331 @noindent
3332 defines two mutually-recursive nonterminals, since each refers to the
3333 other.
3334
3335 @node Semantics
3336 @section Defining Language Semantics
3337 @cindex defining language semantics
3338 @cindex language semantics, defining
3339
3340 The grammar rules for a language determine only the syntax. The semantics
3341 are determined by the semantic values associated with various tokens and
3342 groupings, and by the actions taken when various groupings are recognized.
3343
3344 For example, the calculator calculates properly because the value
3345 associated with each expression is the proper number; it adds properly
3346 because the action for the grouping @w{@samp{@var{x} + @var{y}}} is to add
3347 the numbers associated with @var{x} and @var{y}.
3348
3349 @menu
3350 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
3351 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
3352 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
3353 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
3354 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
3355 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
3356 action in the middle of a rule.
3357 @end menu
3358
3359 @node Value Type
3360 @subsection Data Types of Semantic Values
3361 @cindex semantic value type
3362 @cindex value type, semantic
3363 @cindex data types of semantic values
3364 @cindex default data type
3365
3366 In a simple program it may be sufficient to use the same data type for
3367 the semantic values of all language constructs. This was true in the
3368 @acronym{RPN} and infix calculator examples (@pxref{RPN Calc, ,Reverse Polish
3369 Notation Calculator}).
3370
3371 Bison normally uses the type @code{int} for semantic values if your
3372 program uses the same data type for all language constructs. To
3373 specify some other type, define @code{YYSTYPE} as a macro, like this:
3374
3375 @example
3376 #define YYSTYPE double
3377 @end example
3378
3379 @noindent
3380 @code{YYSTYPE}'s replacement list should be a type name
3381 that does not contain parentheses or square brackets.
3382 This macro definition must go in the prologue of the grammar file
3383 (@pxref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison Grammar}).
3384
3385 @node Multiple Types
3386 @subsection More Than One Value Type
3387
3388 In most programs, you will need different data types for different kinds
3389 of tokens and groupings. For example, a numeric constant may need type
3390 @code{int} or @code{long int}, while a string constant needs type
3391 @code{char *}, and an identifier might need a pointer to an entry in the
3392 symbol table.
3393
3394 To use more than one data type for semantic values in one parser, Bison
3395 requires you to do two things:
3396
3397 @itemize @bullet
3398 @item
3399 Specify the entire collection of possible data types, either by using the
3400 @code{%union} Bison declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of
3401 Value Types}), or by using a @code{typedef} or a @code{#define} to
3402 define @code{YYSTYPE} to be a union type whose member names are
3403 the type tags.
3404
3405 @item
3406 Choose one of those types for each symbol (terminal or nonterminal) for
3407 which semantic values are used. This is done for tokens with the
3408 @code{%token} Bison declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names})
3409 and for groupings with the @code{%type} Bison declaration (@pxref{Type
3410 Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3411 @end itemize
3412
3413 @node Actions
3414 @subsection Actions
3415 @cindex action
3416 @vindex $$
3417 @vindex $@var{n}
3418
3419 An action accompanies a syntactic rule and contains C code to be executed
3420 each time an instance of that rule is recognized. The task of most actions
3421 is to compute a semantic value for the grouping built by the rule from the
3422 semantic values associated with tokens or smaller groupings.
3423
3424 An action consists of braced code containing C statements, and can be
3425 placed at any position in the rule;
3426 it is executed at that position. Most rules have just one action at the
3427 end of the rule, following all the components. Actions in the middle of
3428 a rule are tricky and used only for special purposes (@pxref{Mid-Rule
3429 Actions, ,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
3430
3431 The C code in an action can refer to the semantic values of the components
3432 matched by the rule with the construct @code{$@var{n}}, which stands for
3433 the value of the @var{n}th component. The semantic value for the grouping
3434 being constructed is @code{$$}. Bison translates both of these
3435 constructs into expressions of the appropriate type when it copies the
3436 actions into the parser file. @code{$$} is translated to a modifiable
3437 lvalue, so it can be assigned to.
3438
3439 Here is a typical example:
3440
3441 @example
3442 @group
3443 exp: @dots{}
3444 | exp '+' exp
3445 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3446 @end group
3447 @end example
3448
3449 @noindent
3450 This rule constructs an @code{exp} from two smaller @code{exp} groupings
3451 connected by a plus-sign token. In the action, @code{$1} and @code{$3}
3452 refer to the semantic values of the two component @code{exp} groupings,
3453 which are the first and third symbols on the right hand side of the rule.
3454 The sum is stored into @code{$$} so that it becomes the semantic value of
3455 the addition-expression just recognized by the rule. If there were a
3456 useful semantic value associated with the @samp{+} token, it could be
3457 referred to as @code{$2}.
3458
3459 Note that the vertical-bar character @samp{|} is really a rule
3460 separator, and actions are attached to a single rule. This is a
3461 difference with tools like Flex, for which @samp{|} stands for either
3462 ``or'', or ``the same action as that of the next rule''. In the
3463 following example, the action is triggered only when @samp{b} is found:
3464
3465 @example
3466 @group
3467 a-or-b: 'a'|'b' @{ a_or_b_found = 1; @};
3468 @end group
3469 @end example
3470
3471 @cindex default action
3472 If you don't specify an action for a rule, Bison supplies a default:
3473 @w{@code{$$ = $1}.} Thus, the value of the first symbol in the rule
3474 becomes the value of the whole rule. Of course, the default action is
3475 valid only if the two data types match. There is no meaningful default
3476 action for an empty rule; every empty rule must have an explicit action
3477 unless the rule's value does not matter.
3478
3479 @code{$@var{n}} with @var{n} zero or negative is allowed for reference
3480 to tokens and groupings on the stack @emph{before} those that match the
3481 current rule. This is a very risky practice, and to use it reliably
3482 you must be certain of the context in which the rule is applied. Here
3483 is a case in which you can use this reliably:
3484
3485 @example
3486 @group
3487 foo: expr bar '+' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3488 | expr bar '-' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3489 ;
3490 @end group
3491
3492 @group
3493 bar: /* empty */
3494 @{ previous_expr = $0; @}
3495 ;
3496 @end group
3497 @end example
3498
3499 As long as @code{bar} is used only in the fashion shown here, @code{$0}
3500 always refers to the @code{expr} which precedes @code{bar} in the
3501 definition of @code{foo}.
3502
3503 @vindex yylval
3504 It is also possible to access the semantic value of the lookahead token, if
3505 any, from a semantic action.
3506 This semantic value is stored in @code{yylval}.
3507 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3508
3509 @node Action Types
3510 @subsection Data Types of Values in Actions
3511 @cindex action data types
3512 @cindex data types in actions
3513
3514 If you have chosen a single data type for semantic values, the @code{$$}
3515 and @code{$@var{n}} constructs always have that data type.
3516
3517 If you have used @code{%union} to specify a variety of data types, then you
3518 must declare a choice among these types for each terminal or nonterminal
3519 symbol that can have a semantic value. Then each time you use @code{$$} or
3520 @code{$@var{n}}, its data type is determined by which symbol it refers to
3521 in the rule. In this example,
3522
3523 @example
3524 @group
3525 exp: @dots{}
3526 | exp '+' exp
3527 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3528 @end group
3529 @end example
3530
3531 @noindent
3532 @code{$1} and @code{$3} refer to instances of @code{exp}, so they all
3533 have the data type declared for the nonterminal symbol @code{exp}. If
3534 @code{$2} were used, it would have the data type declared for the
3535 terminal symbol @code{'+'}, whatever that might be.
3536
3537 Alternatively, you can specify the data type when you refer to the value,
3538 by inserting @samp{<@var{type}>} after the @samp{$} at the beginning of the
3539 reference. For example, if you have defined types as shown here:
3540
3541 @example
3542 @group
3543 %union @{
3544 int itype;
3545 double dtype;
3546 @}
3547 @end group
3548 @end example
3549
3550 @noindent
3551 then you can write @code{$<itype>1} to refer to the first subunit of the
3552 rule as an integer, or @code{$<dtype>1} to refer to it as a double.
3553
3554 @node Mid-Rule Actions
3555 @subsection Actions in Mid-Rule
3556 @cindex actions in mid-rule
3557 @cindex mid-rule actions
3558
3559 Occasionally it is useful to put an action in the middle of a rule.
3560 These actions are written just like usual end-of-rule actions, but they
3561 are executed before the parser even recognizes the following components.
3562
3563 A mid-rule action may refer to the components preceding it using
3564 @code{$@var{n}}, but it may not refer to subsequent components because
3565 it is run before they are parsed.
3566
3567 The mid-rule action itself counts as one of the components of the rule.
3568 This makes a difference when there is another action later in the same rule
3569 (and usually there is another at the end): you have to count the actions
3570 along with the symbols when working out which number @var{n} to use in
3571 @code{$@var{n}}.
3572
3573 The mid-rule action can also have a semantic value. The action can set
3574 its value with an assignment to @code{$$}, and actions later in the rule
3575 can refer to the value using @code{$@var{n}}. Since there is no symbol
3576 to name the action, there is no way to declare a data type for the value
3577 in advance, so you must use the @samp{$<@dots{}>@var{n}} construct to
3578 specify a data type each time you refer to this value.
3579
3580 There is no way to set the value of the entire rule with a mid-rule
3581 action, because assignments to @code{$$} do not have that effect. The
3582 only way to set the value for the entire rule is with an ordinary action
3583 at the end of the rule.
3584
3585 Here is an example from a hypothetical compiler, handling a @code{let}
3586 statement that looks like @samp{let (@var{variable}) @var{statement}} and
3587 serves to create a variable named @var{variable} temporarily for the
3588 duration of @var{statement}. To parse this construct, we must put
3589 @var{variable} into the symbol table while @var{statement} is parsed, then
3590 remove it afterward. Here is how it is done:
3591
3592 @example
3593 @group
3594 stmt: LET '(' var ')'
3595 @{ $<context>$ = push_context ();
3596 declare_variable ($3); @}
3597 stmt @{ $$ = $6;
3598 pop_context ($<context>5); @}
3599 @end group
3600 @end example
3601
3602 @noindent
3603 As soon as @samp{let (@var{variable})} has been recognized, the first
3604 action is run. It saves a copy of the current semantic context (the
3605 list of accessible variables) as its semantic value, using alternative
3606 @code{context} in the data-type union. Then it calls
3607 @code{declare_variable} to add the new variable to that list. Once the
3608 first action is finished, the embedded statement @code{stmt} can be
3609 parsed. Note that the mid-rule action is component number 5, so the
3610 @samp{stmt} is component number 6.
3611
3612 After the embedded statement is parsed, its semantic value becomes the
3613 value of the entire @code{let}-statement. Then the semantic value from the
3614 earlier action is used to restore the prior list of variables. This
3615 removes the temporary @code{let}-variable from the list so that it won't
3616 appear to exist while the rest of the program is parsed.
3617
3618 @findex %destructor
3619 @cindex discarded symbols, mid-rule actions
3620 @cindex error recovery, mid-rule actions
3621 In the above example, if the parser initiates error recovery (@pxref{Error
3622 Recovery}) while parsing the tokens in the embedded statement @code{stmt},
3623 it might discard the previous semantic context @code{$<context>5} without
3624 restoring it.
3625 Thus, @code{$<context>5} needs a destructor (@pxref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
3626 Discarded Symbols}).
3627 However, Bison currently provides no means to declare a destructor specific to
3628 a particular mid-rule action's semantic value.
3629
3630 One solution is to bury the mid-rule action inside a nonterminal symbol and to
3631 declare a destructor for that symbol:
3632
3633 @example
3634 @group
3635 %type <context> let
3636 %destructor @{ pop_context ($$); @} let
3637
3638 %%
3639
3640 stmt: let stmt
3641 @{ $$ = $2;
3642 pop_context ($1); @}
3643 ;
3644
3645 let: LET '(' var ')'
3646 @{ $$ = push_context ();
3647 declare_variable ($3); @}
3648 ;
3649
3650 @end group
3651 @end example
3652
3653 @noindent
3654 Note that the action is now at the end of its rule.
3655 Any mid-rule action can be converted to an end-of-rule action in this way, and
3656 this is what Bison actually does to implement mid-rule actions.
3657
3658 Taking action before a rule is completely recognized often leads to
3659 conflicts since the parser must commit to a parse in order to execute the
3660 action. For example, the following two rules, without mid-rule actions,
3661 can coexist in a working parser because the parser can shift the open-brace
3662 token and look at what follows before deciding whether there is a
3663 declaration or not:
3664
3665 @example
3666 @group
3667 compound: '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3668 | '@{' statements '@}'
3669 ;
3670 @end group
3671 @end example
3672
3673 @noindent
3674 But when we add a mid-rule action as follows, the rules become nonfunctional:
3675
3676 @example
3677 @group
3678 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3679 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3680 @end group
3681 @group
3682 | '@{' statements '@}'
3683 ;
3684 @end group
3685 @end example
3686
3687 @noindent
3688 Now the parser is forced to decide whether to run the mid-rule action
3689 when it has read no farther than the open-brace. In other words, it
3690 must commit to using one rule or the other, without sufficient
3691 information to do it correctly. (The open-brace token is what is called
3692 the @dfn{lookahead} token at this time, since the parser is still
3693 deciding what to do about it. @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.)
3694
3695 You might think that you could correct the problem by putting identical
3696 actions into the two rules, like this:
3697
3698 @example
3699 @group
3700 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3701 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3702 | @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3703 '@{' statements '@}'
3704 ;
3705 @end group
3706 @end example
3707
3708 @noindent
3709 But this does not help, because Bison does not realize that the two actions
3710 are identical. (Bison never tries to understand the C code in an action.)
3711
3712 If the grammar is such that a declaration can be distinguished from a
3713 statement by the first token (which is true in C), then one solution which
3714 does work is to put the action after the open-brace, like this:
3715
3716 @example
3717 @group
3718 compound: '@{' @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3719 declarations statements '@}'
3720 | '@{' statements '@}'
3721 ;
3722 @end group
3723 @end example
3724
3725 @noindent
3726 Now the first token of the following declaration or statement,
3727 which would in any case tell Bison which rule to use, can still do so.
3728
3729 Another solution is to bury the action inside a nonterminal symbol which
3730 serves as a subroutine:
3731
3732 @example
3733 @group
3734 subroutine: /* empty */
3735 @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3736 ;
3737
3738 @end group
3739
3740 @group
3741 compound: subroutine
3742 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3743 | subroutine
3744 '@{' statements '@}'
3745 ;
3746 @end group
3747 @end example
3748
3749 @noindent
3750 Now Bison can execute the action in the rule for @code{subroutine} without
3751 deciding which rule for @code{compound} it will eventually use.
3752
3753 @node Locations
3754 @section Tracking Locations
3755 @cindex location
3756 @cindex textual location
3757 @cindex location, textual
3758
3759 Though grammar rules and semantic actions are enough to write a fully
3760 functional parser, it can be useful to process some additional information,
3761 especially symbol locations.
3762
3763 The way locations are handled is defined by providing a data type, and
3764 actions to take when rules are matched.
3765
3766 @menu
3767 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
3768 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
3769 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
3770 @end menu
3771
3772 @node Location Type
3773 @subsection Data Type of Locations
3774 @cindex data type of locations
3775 @cindex default location type
3776
3777 Defining a data type for locations is much simpler than for semantic values,
3778 since all tokens and groupings always use the same type.
3779
3780 You can specify the type of locations by defining a macro called
3781 @code{YYLTYPE}, just as you can specify the semantic value type by
3782 defining a @code{YYSTYPE} macro (@pxref{Value Type}).
3783 When @code{YYLTYPE} is not defined, Bison uses a default structure type with
3784 four members:
3785
3786 @example
3787 typedef struct YYLTYPE
3788 @{
3789 int first_line;
3790 int first_column;
3791 int last_line;
3792 int last_column;
3793 @} YYLTYPE;
3794 @end example
3795
3796 At the beginning of the parsing, Bison initializes all these fields to 1
3797 for @code{yylloc}.
3798
3799 @node Actions and Locations
3800 @subsection Actions and Locations
3801 @cindex location actions
3802 @cindex actions, location
3803 @vindex @@$
3804 @vindex @@@var{n}
3805
3806 Actions are not only useful for defining language semantics, but also for
3807 describing the behavior of the output parser with locations.
3808
3809 The most obvious way for building locations of syntactic groupings is very
3810 similar to the way semantic values are computed. In a given rule, several
3811 constructs can be used to access the locations of the elements being matched.
3812 The location of the @var{n}th component of the right hand side is
3813 @code{@@@var{n}}, while the location of the left hand side grouping is
3814 @code{@@$}.
3815
3816 Here is a basic example using the default data type for locations:
3817
3818 @example
3819 @group
3820 exp: @dots{}
3821 | exp '/' exp
3822 @{
3823 @@$.first_column = @@1.first_column;
3824 @@$.first_line = @@1.first_line;
3825 @@$.last_column = @@3.last_column;
3826 @@$.last_line = @@3.last_line;
3827 if ($3)
3828 $$ = $1 / $3;
3829 else
3830 @{
3831 $$ = 1;
3832 fprintf (stderr,
3833 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3834 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3835 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3836 @}
3837 @}
3838 @end group
3839 @end example
3840
3841 As for semantic values, there is a default action for locations that is
3842 run each time a rule is matched. It sets the beginning of @code{@@$} to the
3843 beginning of the first symbol, and the end of @code{@@$} to the end of the
3844 last symbol.
3845
3846 With this default action, the location tracking can be fully automatic. The
3847 example above simply rewrites this way:
3848
3849 @example
3850 @group
3851 exp: @dots{}
3852 | exp '/' exp
3853 @{
3854 if ($3)
3855 $$ = $1 / $3;
3856 else
3857 @{
3858 $$ = 1;
3859 fprintf (stderr,
3860 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3861 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3862 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3863 @}
3864 @}
3865 @end group
3866 @end example
3867
3868 @vindex yylloc
3869 It is also possible to access the location of the lookahead token, if any,
3870 from a semantic action.
3871 This location is stored in @code{yylloc}.
3872 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3873
3874 @node Location Default Action
3875 @subsection Default Action for Locations
3876 @vindex YYLLOC_DEFAULT
3877 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}
3878
3879 Actually, actions are not the best place to compute locations. Since
3880 locations are much more general than semantic values, there is room in
3881 the output parser to redefine the default action to take for each
3882 rule. The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro is invoked each time a rule is
3883 matched, before the associated action is run. It is also invoked
3884 while processing a syntax error, to compute the error's location.
3885 Before reporting an unresolvable syntactic ambiguity, a @acronym{GLR}
3886 parser invokes @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} recursively to compute the location
3887 of that ambiguity.
3888
3889 Most of the time, this macro is general enough to suppress location
3890 dedicated code from semantic actions.
3891
3892 The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro takes three parameters. The first one is
3893 the location of the grouping (the result of the computation). When a
3894 rule is matched, the second parameter identifies locations of
3895 all right hand side elements of the rule being matched, and the third
3896 parameter is the size of the rule's right hand side.
3897 When a @acronym{GLR} parser reports an ambiguity, which of multiple candidate
3898 right hand sides it passes to @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is undefined.
3899 When processing a syntax error, the second parameter identifies locations
3900 of the symbols that were discarded during error processing, and the third
3901 parameter is the number of discarded symbols.
3902
3903 By default, @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is defined this way:
3904
3905 @smallexample
3906 @group
3907 # define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
3908 do \
3909 if (N) \
3910 @{ \
3911 (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_line; \
3912 (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_column; \
3913 (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_line; \
3914 (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_column; \
3915 @} \
3916 else \
3917 @{ \
3918 (Current).first_line = (Current).last_line = \
3919 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_line; \
3920 (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \
3921 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_column; \
3922 @} \
3923 while (0)
3924 @end group
3925 @end smallexample
3926
3927 where @code{YYRHSLOC (rhs, k)} is the location of the @var{k}th symbol
3928 in @var{rhs} when @var{k} is positive, and the location of the symbol
3929 just before the reduction when @var{k} and @var{n} are both zero.
3930
3931 When defining @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}, you should consider that:
3932
3933 @itemize @bullet
3934 @item
3935 All arguments are free of side-effects. However, only the first one (the
3936 result) should be modified by @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}.
3937
3938 @item
3939 For consistency with semantic actions, valid indexes within the
3940 right hand side range from 1 to @var{n}. When @var{n} is zero, only 0 is a
3941 valid index, and it refers to the symbol just before the reduction.
3942 During error processing @var{n} is always positive.
3943
3944 @item
3945 Your macro should parenthesize its arguments, if need be, since the
3946 actual arguments may not be surrounded by parentheses. Also, your
3947 macro should expand to something that can be used as a single
3948 statement when it is followed by a semicolon.
3949 @end itemize
3950
3951 @node Declarations
3952 @section Bison Declarations
3953 @cindex declarations, Bison
3954 @cindex Bison declarations
3955
3956 The @dfn{Bison declarations} section of a Bison grammar defines the symbols
3957 used in formulating the grammar and the data types of semantic values.
3958 @xref{Symbols}.
3959
3960 All token type names (but not single-character literal tokens such as
3961 @code{'+'} and @code{'*'}) must be declared. Nonterminal symbols must be
3962 declared if you need to specify which data type to use for the semantic
3963 value (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
3964
3965 The first rule in the file also specifies the start symbol, by default.
3966 If you want some other symbol to be the start symbol, you must declare
3967 it explicitly (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
3968 Grammars}).
3969
3970 @menu
3971 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
3972 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
3973 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
3974 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
3975 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
3976 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
3977 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
3978 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
3979 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
3980 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
3981 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
3982 @end menu
3983
3984 @node Require Decl
3985 @subsection Require a Version of Bison
3986 @cindex version requirement
3987 @cindex requiring a version of Bison
3988 @findex %require
3989
3990 You may require the minimum version of Bison to process the grammar. If
3991 the requirement is not met, @command{bison} exits with an error (exit
3992 status 63).
3993
3994 @example
3995 %require "@var{version}"
3996 @end example
3997
3998 @node Token Decl
3999 @subsection Token Type Names
4000 @cindex declaring token type names
4001 @cindex token type names, declaring
4002 @cindex declaring literal string tokens
4003 @findex %token
4004
4005 The basic way to declare a token type name (terminal symbol) is as follows:
4006
4007 @example
4008 %token @var{name}
4009 @end example
4010
4011 Bison will convert this into a @code{#define} directive in
4012 the parser, so that the function @code{yylex} (if it is in this file)
4013 can use the name @var{name} to stand for this token type's code.
4014
4015 Alternatively, you can use @code{%left}, @code{%right}, or
4016 @code{%nonassoc} instead of @code{%token}, if you wish to specify
4017 associativity and precedence. @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator
4018 Precedence}.
4019
4020 You can explicitly specify the numeric code for a token type by appending
4021 a decimal or hexadecimal integer value in the field immediately
4022 following the token name:
4023
4024 @example
4025 %token NUM 300
4026 %token XNUM 0x12d // a GNU extension
4027 @end example
4028
4029 @noindent
4030 It is generally best, however, to let Bison choose the numeric codes for
4031 all token types. Bison will automatically select codes that don't conflict
4032 with each other or with normal characters.
4033
4034 In the event that the stack type is a union, you must augment the
4035 @code{%token} or other token declaration to include the data type
4036 alternative delimited by angle-brackets (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More
4037 Than One Value Type}).
4038
4039 For example:
4040
4041 @example
4042 @group
4043 %union @{ /* define stack type */
4044 double val;
4045 symrec *tptr;
4046 @}
4047 %token <val> NUM /* define token NUM and its type */
4048 @end group
4049 @end example
4050
4051 You can associate a literal string token with a token type name by
4052 writing the literal string at the end of a @code{%token}
4053 declaration which declares the name. For example:
4054
4055 @example
4056 %token arrow "=>"
4057 @end example
4058
4059 @noindent
4060 For example, a grammar for the C language might specify these names with
4061 equivalent literal string tokens:
4062
4063 @example
4064 %token <operator> OR "||"
4065 %token <operator> LE 134 "<="
4066 %left OR "<="
4067 @end example
4068
4069 @noindent
4070 Once you equate the literal string and the token name, you can use them
4071 interchangeably in further declarations or the grammar rules. The
4072 @code{yylex} function can use the token name or the literal string to
4073 obtain the token type code number (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
4074
4075 @node Precedence Decl
4076 @subsection Operator Precedence
4077 @cindex precedence declarations
4078 @cindex declaring operator precedence
4079 @cindex operator precedence, declaring
4080
4081 Use the @code{%left}, @code{%right} or @code{%nonassoc} declaration to
4082 declare a token and specify its precedence and associativity, all at
4083 once. These are called @dfn{precedence declarations}.
4084 @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}, for general information on
4085 operator precedence.
4086
4087 The syntax of a precedence declaration is the same as that of
4088 @code{%token}: either
4089
4090 @example
4091 %left @var{symbols}@dots{}
4092 @end example
4093
4094 @noindent
4095 or
4096
4097 @example
4098 %left <@var{type}> @var{symbols}@dots{}
4099 @end example
4100
4101 And indeed any of these declarations serves the purposes of @code{%token}.
4102 But in addition, they specify the associativity and relative precedence for
4103 all the @var{symbols}:
4104
4105 @itemize @bullet
4106 @item
4107 The associativity of an operator @var{op} determines how repeated uses
4108 of the operator nest: whether @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op}
4109 @var{z}} is parsed by grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first or by
4110 grouping @var{y} with @var{z} first. @code{%left} specifies
4111 left-associativity (grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first) and
4112 @code{%right} specifies right-associativity (grouping @var{y} with
4113 @var{z} first). @code{%nonassoc} specifies no associativity, which
4114 means that @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op} @var{z}} is
4115 considered a syntax error.
4116
4117 @item
4118 The precedence of an operator determines how it nests with other operators.
4119 All the tokens declared in a single precedence declaration have equal
4120 precedence and nest together according to their associativity.
4121 When two tokens declared in different precedence declarations associate,
4122 the one declared later has the higher precedence and is grouped first.
4123 @end itemize
4124
4125 @node Union Decl
4126 @subsection The Collection of Value Types
4127 @cindex declaring value types
4128 @cindex value types, declaring
4129 @findex %union
4130
4131 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire collection of
4132 possible data types for semantic values. The keyword @code{%union} is
4133 followed by braced code containing the same thing that goes inside a
4134 @code{union} in C@.
4135
4136 For example:
4137
4138 @example
4139 @group
4140 %union @{
4141 double val;
4142 symrec *tptr;
4143 @}
4144 @end group
4145 @end example
4146
4147 @noindent
4148 This says that the two alternative types are @code{double} and @code{symrec
4149 *}. They are given names @code{val} and @code{tptr}; these names are used
4150 in the @code{%token} and @code{%type} declarations to pick one of the types
4151 for a terminal or nonterminal symbol (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4152
4153 As an extension to @acronym{POSIX}, a tag is allowed after the
4154 @code{union}. For example:
4155
4156 @example
4157 @group
4158 %union value @{
4159 double val;
4160 symrec *tptr;
4161 @}
4162 @end group
4163 @end example
4164
4165 @noindent
4166 specifies the union tag @code{value}, so the corresponding C type is
4167 @code{union value}. If you do not specify a tag, it defaults to
4168 @code{YYSTYPE}.
4169
4170 As another extension to @acronym{POSIX}, you may specify multiple
4171 @code{%union} declarations; their contents are concatenated. However,
4172 only the first @code{%union} declaration can specify a tag.
4173
4174 Note that, unlike making a @code{union} declaration in C, you need not write
4175 a semicolon after the closing brace.
4176
4177 Instead of @code{%union}, you can define and use your own union type
4178 @code{YYSTYPE} if your grammar contains at least one
4179 @samp{<@var{type}>} tag. For example, you can put the following into
4180 a header file @file{parser.h}:
4181
4182 @example
4183 @group
4184 union YYSTYPE @{
4185 double val;
4186 symrec *tptr;
4187 @};
4188 typedef union YYSTYPE YYSTYPE;
4189 @end group
4190 @end example
4191
4192 @noindent
4193 and then your grammar can use the following
4194 instead of @code{%union}:
4195
4196 @example
4197 @group
4198 %@{
4199 #include "parser.h"
4200 %@}
4201 %type <val> expr
4202 %token <tptr> ID
4203 @end group
4204 @end example
4205
4206 @node Type Decl
4207 @subsection Nonterminal Symbols
4208 @cindex declaring value types, nonterminals
4209 @cindex value types, nonterminals, declaring
4210 @findex %type
4211
4212 @noindent
4213 When you use @code{%union} to specify multiple value types, you must
4214 declare the value type of each nonterminal symbol for which values are
4215 used. This is done with a @code{%type} declaration, like this:
4216
4217 @example
4218 %type <@var{type}> @var{nonterminal}@dots{}
4219 @end example
4220
4221 @noindent
4222 Here @var{nonterminal} is the name of a nonterminal symbol, and
4223 @var{type} is the name given in the @code{%union} to the alternative
4224 that you want (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}). You
4225 can give any number of nonterminal symbols in the same @code{%type}
4226 declaration, if they have the same value type. Use spaces to separate
4227 the symbol names.
4228
4229 You can also declare the value type of a terminal symbol. To do this,
4230 use the same @code{<@var{type}>} construction in a declaration for the
4231 terminal symbol. All kinds of token declarations allow
4232 @code{<@var{type}>}.
4233
4234 @node Initial Action Decl
4235 @subsection Performing Actions before Parsing
4236 @findex %initial-action
4237
4238 Sometimes your parser needs to perform some initializations before
4239 parsing. The @code{%initial-action} directive allows for such arbitrary
4240 code.
4241
4242 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action @{ @var{code} @}
4243 @findex %initial-action
4244 Declare that the braced @var{code} must be invoked before parsing each time
4245 @code{yyparse} is called. The @var{code} may use @code{$$} and
4246 @code{@@$} --- initial value and location of the lookahead --- and the
4247 @code{%parse-param}.
4248 @end deffn
4249
4250 For instance, if your locations use a file name, you may use
4251
4252 @example
4253 %parse-param @{ char const *file_name @};
4254 %initial-action
4255 @{
4256 @@$.initialize (file_name);
4257 @};
4258 @end example
4259
4260
4261 @node Destructor Decl
4262 @subsection Freeing Discarded Symbols
4263 @cindex freeing discarded symbols
4264 @findex %destructor
4265 @findex <*>
4266 @findex <>
4267 During error recovery (@pxref{Error Recovery}), symbols already pushed
4268 on the stack and tokens coming from the rest of the file are discarded
4269 until the parser falls on its feet. If the parser runs out of memory,
4270 or if it returns via @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, all the
4271 symbols on the stack must be discarded. Even if the parser succeeds, it
4272 must discard the start symbol.
4273
4274 When discarded symbols convey heap based information, this memory is
4275 lost. While this behavior can be tolerable for batch parsers, such as
4276 in traditional compilers, it is unacceptable for programs like shells or
4277 protocol implementations that may parse and execute indefinitely.
4278
4279 The @code{%destructor} directive defines code that is called when a
4280 symbol is automatically discarded.
4281
4282 @deffn {Directive} %destructor @{ @var{code} @} @var{symbols}
4283 @findex %destructor
4284 Invoke the braced @var{code} whenever the parser discards one of the
4285 @var{symbols}.
4286 Within @var{code}, @code{$$} designates the semantic value associated
4287 with the discarded symbol, and @code{@@$} designates its location.
4288 The additional parser parameters are also available (@pxref{Parser Function, ,
4289 The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}).
4290
4291 When a symbol is listed among @var{symbols}, its @code{%destructor} is called a
4292 per-symbol @code{%destructor}.
4293 You may also define a per-type @code{%destructor} by listing a semantic type
4294 tag among @var{symbols}.
4295 In that case, the parser will invoke this @var{code} whenever it discards any
4296 grammar symbol that has that semantic type tag unless that symbol has its own
4297 per-symbol @code{%destructor}.
4298
4299 Finally, you can define two different kinds of default @code{%destructor}s.
4300 (These default forms are experimental.
4301 More user feedback will help to determine whether they should become permanent
4302 features.)
4303 You can place each of @code{<*>} and @code{<>} in the @var{symbols} list of
4304 exactly one @code{%destructor} declaration in your grammar file.
4305 The parser will invoke the @var{code} associated with one of these whenever it
4306 discards any user-defined grammar symbol that has no per-symbol and no per-type
4307 @code{%destructor}.
4308 The parser uses the @var{code} for @code{<*>} in the case of such a grammar
4309 symbol for which you have formally declared a semantic type tag (@code{%type}
4310 counts as such a declaration, but @code{$<tag>$} does not).
4311 The parser uses the @var{code} for @code{<>} in the case of such a grammar
4312 symbol that has no declared semantic type tag.
4313 @end deffn
4314
4315 @noindent
4316 For example:
4317
4318 @smallexample
4319 %union @{ char *string; @}
4320 %token <string> STRING1
4321 %token <string> STRING2
4322 %type <string> string1
4323 %type <string> string2
4324 %union @{ char character; @}
4325 %token <character> CHR
4326 %type <character> chr
4327 %token TAGLESS
4328
4329 %destructor @{ @} <character>
4330 %destructor @{ free ($$); @} <*>
4331 %destructor @{ free ($$); printf ("%d", @@$.first_line); @} STRING1 string1
4332 %destructor @{ printf ("Discarding tagless symbol.\n"); @} <>
4333 @end smallexample
4334
4335 @noindent
4336 guarantees that, when the parser discards any user-defined symbol that has a
4337 semantic type tag other than @code{<character>}, it passes its semantic value
4338 to @code{free} by default.
4339 However, when the parser discards a @code{STRING1} or a @code{string1}, it also
4340 prints its line number to @code{stdout}.
4341 It performs only the second @code{%destructor} in this case, so it invokes
4342 @code{free} only once.
4343 Finally, the parser merely prints a message whenever it discards any symbol,
4344 such as @code{TAGLESS}, that has no semantic type tag.
4345
4346 A Bison-generated parser invokes the default @code{%destructor}s only for
4347 user-defined as opposed to Bison-defined symbols.
4348 For example, the parser will not invoke either kind of default
4349 @code{%destructor} for the special Bison-defined symbols @code{$accept},
4350 @code{$undefined}, or @code{$end} (@pxref{Table of Symbols, ,Bison Symbols}),
4351 none of which you can reference in your grammar.
4352 It also will not invoke either for the @code{error} token (@pxref{Table of
4353 Symbols, ,error}), which is always defined by Bison regardless of whether you
4354 reference it in your grammar.
4355 However, it may invoke one of them for the end token (token 0) if you
4356 redefine it from @code{$end} to, for example, @code{END}:
4357
4358 @smallexample
4359 %token END 0
4360 @end smallexample
4361
4362 @cindex actions in mid-rule
4363 @cindex mid-rule actions
4364 Finally, Bison will never invoke a @code{%destructor} for an unreferenced
4365 mid-rule semantic value (@pxref{Mid-Rule Actions,,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
4366 That is, Bison does not consider a mid-rule to have a semantic value if you do
4367 not reference @code{$$} in the mid-rule's action or @code{$@var{n}} (where
4368 @var{n} is the RHS symbol position of the mid-rule) in any later action in that
4369 rule.
4370 However, if you do reference either, the Bison-generated parser will invoke the
4371 @code{<>} @code{%destructor} whenever it discards the mid-rule symbol.
4372
4373 @ignore
4374 @noindent
4375 In the future, it may be possible to redefine the @code{error} token as a
4376 nonterminal that captures the discarded symbols.
4377 In that case, the parser will invoke the default destructor for it as well.
4378 @end ignore
4379
4380 @sp 1
4381
4382 @cindex discarded symbols
4383 @dfn{Discarded symbols} are the following:
4384
4385 @itemize
4386 @item
4387 stacked symbols popped during the first phase of error recovery,
4388 @item
4389 incoming terminals during the second phase of error recovery,
4390 @item
4391 the current lookahead and the entire stack (except the current
4392 right-hand side symbols) when the parser returns immediately, and
4393 @item
4394 the start symbol, when the parser succeeds.
4395 @end itemize
4396
4397 The parser can @dfn{return immediately} because of an explicit call to
4398 @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, or failed error recovery, or memory
4399 exhaustion.
4400
4401 Right-hand side symbols of a rule that explicitly triggers a syntax
4402 error via @code{YYERROR} are not discarded automatically. As a rule
4403 of thumb, destructors are invoked only when user actions cannot manage
4404 the memory.
4405
4406 @node Expect Decl
4407 @subsection Suppressing Conflict Warnings
4408 @cindex suppressing conflict warnings
4409 @cindex preventing warnings about conflicts
4410 @cindex warnings, preventing
4411 @cindex conflicts, suppressing warnings of
4412 @findex %expect
4413 @findex %expect-rr
4414
4415 Bison normally warns if there are any conflicts in the grammar
4416 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce, ,Shift/Reduce Conflicts}), but most real grammars
4417 have harmless shift/reduce conflicts which are resolved in a predictable
4418 way and would be difficult to eliminate. It is desirable to suppress
4419 the warning about these conflicts unless the number of conflicts
4420 changes. You can do this with the @code{%expect} declaration.
4421
4422 The declaration looks like this:
4423
4424 @example
4425 %expect @var{n}
4426 @end example
4427
4428 Here @var{n} is a decimal integer. The declaration says there should
4429 be @var{n} shift/reduce conflicts and no reduce/reduce conflicts.
4430 Bison reports an error if the number of shift/reduce conflicts differs
4431 from @var{n}, or if there are any reduce/reduce conflicts.
4432
4433 For normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers, reduce/reduce conflicts are more
4434 serious, and should be eliminated entirely. Bison will always report
4435 reduce/reduce conflicts for these parsers. With @acronym{GLR}
4436 parsers, however, both kinds of conflicts are routine; otherwise,
4437 there would be no need to use @acronym{GLR} parsing. Therefore, it is
4438 also possible to specify an expected number of reduce/reduce conflicts
4439 in @acronym{GLR} parsers, using the declaration:
4440
4441 @example
4442 %expect-rr @var{n}
4443 @end example
4444
4445 In general, using @code{%expect} involves these steps:
4446
4447 @itemize @bullet
4448 @item
4449 Compile your grammar without @code{%expect}. Use the @samp{-v} option
4450 to get a verbose list of where the conflicts occur. Bison will also
4451 print the number of conflicts.
4452
4453 @item
4454 Check each of the conflicts to make sure that Bison's default
4455 resolution is what you really want. If not, rewrite the grammar and
4456 go back to the beginning.
4457
4458 @item
4459 Add an @code{%expect} declaration, copying the number @var{n} from the
4460 number which Bison printed. With @acronym{GLR} parsers, add an
4461 @code{%expect-rr} declaration as well.
4462 @end itemize
4463
4464 Now Bison will warn you if you introduce an unexpected conflict, but
4465 will keep silent otherwise.
4466
4467 @node Start Decl
4468 @subsection The Start-Symbol
4469 @cindex declaring the start symbol
4470 @cindex start symbol, declaring
4471 @cindex default start symbol
4472 @findex %start
4473
4474 Bison assumes by default that the start symbol for the grammar is the first
4475 nonterminal specified in the grammar specification section. The programmer
4476 may override this restriction with the @code{%start} declaration as follows:
4477
4478 @example
4479 %start @var{symbol}
4480 @end example
4481
4482 @node Pure Decl
4483 @subsection A Pure (Reentrant) Parser
4484 @cindex reentrant parser
4485 @cindex pure parser
4486 @findex %pure-parser
4487
4488 A @dfn{reentrant} program is one which does not alter in the course of
4489 execution; in other words, it consists entirely of @dfn{pure} (read-only)
4490 code. Reentrancy is important whenever asynchronous execution is possible;
4491 for example, a nonreentrant program may not be safe to call from a signal
4492 handler. In systems with multiple threads of control, a nonreentrant
4493 program must be called only within interlocks.
4494
4495 Normally, Bison generates a parser which is not reentrant. This is
4496 suitable for most uses, and it permits compatibility with Yacc. (The
4497 standard Yacc interfaces are inherently nonreentrant, because they use
4498 statically allocated variables for communication with @code{yylex},
4499 including @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.)
4500
4501 Alternatively, you can generate a pure, reentrant parser. The Bison
4502 declaration @code{%pure-parser} says that you want the parser to be
4503 reentrant. It looks like this:
4504
4505 @example
4506 %pure-parser
4507 @end example
4508
4509 The result is that the communication variables @code{yylval} and
4510 @code{yylloc} become local variables in @code{yyparse}, and a different
4511 calling convention is used for the lexical analyzer function
4512 @code{yylex}. @xref{Pure Calling, ,Calling Conventions for Pure
4513 Parsers}, for the details of this. The variable @code{yynerrs} also
4514 becomes local in @code{yyparse} (@pxref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
4515 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}). The convention for calling
4516 @code{yyparse} itself is unchanged.
4517
4518 Whether the parser is pure has nothing to do with the grammar rules.
4519 You can generate either a pure parser or a nonreentrant parser from any
4520 valid grammar.
4521
4522 @node Decl Summary
4523 @subsection Bison Declaration Summary
4524 @cindex Bison declaration summary
4525 @cindex declaration summary
4526 @cindex summary, Bison declaration
4527
4528 Here is a summary of the declarations used to define a grammar:
4529
4530 @deffn {Directive} %union
4531 Declare the collection of data types that semantic values may have
4532 (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}).
4533 @end deffn
4534
4535 @deffn {Directive} %token
4536 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) with no precedence
4537 or associativity specified (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}).
4538 @end deffn
4539
4540 @deffn {Directive} %right
4541 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is right-associative
4542 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4543 @end deffn
4544
4545 @deffn {Directive} %left
4546 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is left-associative
4547 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4548 @end deffn
4549
4550 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
4551 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is nonassociative
4552 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4553 Using it in a way that would be associative is a syntax error.
4554 @end deffn
4555
4556 @ifset defaultprec
4557 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
4558 Assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec} modifier
4559 (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}).
4560 @end deffn
4561 @end ifset
4562
4563 @deffn {Directive} %type
4564 Declare the type of semantic values for a nonterminal symbol
4565 (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4566 @end deffn
4567
4568 @deffn {Directive} %start
4569 Specify the grammar's start symbol (@pxref{Start Decl, ,The
4570 Start-Symbol}).
4571 @end deffn
4572
4573 @deffn {Directive} %expect
4574 Declare the expected number of shift-reduce conflicts
4575 (@pxref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}).
4576 @end deffn
4577
4578
4579 @sp 1
4580 @noindent
4581 In order to change the behavior of @command{bison}, use the following
4582 directives:
4583
4584 @deffn {Directive} %code @{@var{code}@}
4585 @findex %code
4586 This is the unqualified form of the @code{%code} directive.
4587 It inserts @var{code} verbatim at a language-dependent default location in the
4588 output@footnote{The default location is actually skeleton-dependent;
4589 writers of non-standard skeletons however should choose the default location
4590 consistently with the behavior of the standard Bison skeletons.}.
4591
4592 @cindex Prologue
4593 For C/C++, the default location is the parser source code
4594 file after the usual contents of the parser header file.
4595 Thus, @code{%code} replaces the traditional Yacc prologue,
4596 @code{%@{@var{code}%@}}, for most purposes.
4597 For a detailed discussion, see @ref{Prologue Alternatives}.
4598
4599 For Java, the default location is inside the parser class.
4600
4601 (Like all the Yacc prologue alternatives, this directive is experimental.
4602 More user feedback will help to determine whether it should become a permanent
4603 feature.)
4604 @end deffn
4605
4606 @deffn {Directive} %code @var{qualifier} @{@var{code}@}
4607 This is the qualified form of the @code{%code} directive.
4608 If you need to specify location-sensitive verbatim @var{code} that does not
4609 belong at the default location selected by the unqualified @code{%code} form,
4610 use this form instead.
4611
4612 @var{qualifier} identifies the purpose of @var{code} and thus the location(s)
4613 where Bison should generate it.
4614 Not all values of @var{qualifier} are available for all target languages:
4615
4616 @itemize @bullet
4617 @findex %code requires
4618 @item requires
4619
4620 @itemize @bullet
4621 @item Language(s): C, C++
4622
4623 @item Purpose: This is the best place to write dependency code required for
4624 @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE}.
4625 In other words, it's the best place to define types referenced in @code{%union}
4626 directives, and it's the best place to override Bison's default @code{YYSTYPE}
4627 and @code{YYLTYPE} definitions.
4628
4629 @item Location(s): The parser header file and the parser source code file
4630 before the Bison-generated @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE} definitions.
4631 @end itemize
4632
4633 @item provides
4634 @findex %code provides
4635
4636 @itemize @bullet
4637 @item Language(s): C, C++
4638
4639 @item Purpose: This is the best place to write additional definitions and
4640 declarations that should be provided to other modules.
4641
4642 @item Location(s): The parser header file and the parser source code file after
4643 the Bison-generated @code{YYSTYPE}, @code{YYLTYPE}, and token definitions.
4644 @end itemize
4645
4646 @item top
4647 @findex %code top
4648
4649 @itemize @bullet
4650 @item Language(s): C, C++
4651
4652 @item Purpose: The unqualified @code{%code} or @code{%code requires} should
4653 usually be more appropriate than @code{%code top}.
4654 However, occasionally it is necessary to insert code much nearer the top of the
4655 parser source code file.
4656 For example:
4657
4658 @smallexample
4659 %code top @{
4660 #define _GNU_SOURCE
4661 #include <stdio.h>
4662 @}
4663 @end smallexample
4664
4665 @item Location(s): Near the top of the parser source code file.
4666 @end itemize
4667
4668 @item imports
4669 @findex %code imports
4670
4671 @itemize @bullet
4672 @item Language(s): Java
4673
4674 @item Purpose: This is the best place to write Java import directives.
4675
4676 @item Location(s): The parser Java file after any Java package directive and
4677 before any class definitions.
4678 @end itemize
4679 @end itemize
4680
4681 (Like all the Yacc prologue alternatives, this directive is experimental.
4682 More user feedback will help to determine whether it should become a permanent
4683 feature.)
4684
4685 @cindex Prologue
4686 For a detailed discussion of how to use @code{%code} in place of the
4687 traditional Yacc prologue for C/C++, see @ref{Prologue Alternatives}.
4688 @end deffn
4689
4690 @deffn {Directive} %debug
4691 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
4692 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
4693 @end deffn
4694 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
4695
4696 @deffn {Directive} %define @var{variable}
4697 @deffnx {Directive} %define @var{variable} "@var{value}"
4698 Define a variable to adjust Bison's behavior.
4699 The possible choices for @var{variable}, as well as their meanings, depend on
4700 the selected target language and/or the parser skeleton (@pxref{Decl
4701 Summary,,%language}).
4702
4703 Bison will warn if a @var{variable} is defined multiple times.
4704
4705 Omitting @code{"@var{value}"} is always equivalent to specifying it as
4706 @code{""}.
4707
4708 Some @var{variable}s may be used as booleans.
4709 In this case, Bison will complain if the variable definition does not meet one
4710 of the following four conditions:
4711
4712 @enumerate
4713 @item @code{"@var{value}"} is @code{"true"}
4714
4715 @item @code{"@var{value}"} is omitted (or is @code{""}).
4716 This is equivalent to @code{"true"}.
4717
4718 @item @code{"@var{value}"} is @code{"false"}.
4719
4720 @item @var{variable} is never defined.
4721 In this case, Bison selects a default value, which may depend on the selected
4722 target language and/or parser skeleton.
4723 @end enumerate
4724 @end deffn
4725
4726 @deffn {Directive} %defines
4727 Write a header file containing macro definitions for the token type
4728 names defined in the grammar as well as a few other declarations.
4729 If the parser output file is named @file{@var{name}.c} then this file
4730 is named @file{@var{name}.h}.
4731
4732 For C parsers, the output header declares @code{YYSTYPE} unless
4733 @code{YYSTYPE} is already defined as a macro or you have used a
4734 @code{<@var{type}>} tag without using @code{%union}.
4735 Therefore, if you are using a @code{%union}
4736 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}) with components that
4737 require other definitions, or if you have defined a @code{YYSTYPE} macro
4738 or type definition
4739 (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}), you need to
4740 arrange for these definitions to be propagated to all modules, e.g., by
4741 putting them in a prerequisite header that is included both by your
4742 parser and by any other module that needs @code{YYSTYPE}.
4743
4744 Unless your parser is pure, the output header declares @code{yylval}
4745 as an external variable. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4746 Parser}.
4747
4748 If you have also used locations, the output header declares
4749 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yylloc} using a protocol similar to that of
4750 the @code{YYSTYPE} macro and @code{yylval}. @xref{Locations, ,Tracking
4751 Locations}.
4752
4753 This output file is normally essential if you wish to put the definition
4754 of @code{yylex} in a separate source file, because @code{yylex}
4755 typically needs to be able to refer to the above-mentioned declarations
4756 and to the token type codes. @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of
4757 Tokens}.
4758
4759 @findex %code requires
4760 @findex %code provides
4761 If you have declared @code{%code requires} or @code{%code provides}, the output
4762 header also contains their code.
4763 @xref{Decl Summary, ,%code}.
4764 @end deffn
4765
4766 @deffn {Directive} %defines @var{defines-file}
4767 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
4768 @end deffn
4769
4770 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
4771 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
4772 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
4773 @end deffn
4774
4775 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix "@var{prefix}"
4776 Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names. The names are
4777 chosen as if the input file were named @file{@var{prefix}.y}.
4778 @end deffn
4779
4780 @deffn {Directive} %language "@var{language}"
4781 Specify the programming language for the generated parser. Currently
4782 supported languages include C and C++.
4783 @var{language} is case-insensitive.
4784 @end deffn
4785
4786 @deffn {Directive} %locations
4787 Generate the code processing the locations (@pxref{Action Features,
4788 ,Special Features for Use in Actions}). This mode is enabled as soon as
4789 the grammar uses the special @samp{@@@var{n}} tokens, but if your
4790 grammar does not use it, using @samp{%locations} allows for more
4791 accurate syntax error messages.
4792 @end deffn
4793
4794 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix "@var{prefix}"
4795 Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with
4796 @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}. The precise list of symbols renamed
4797 in C parsers
4798 is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs},
4799 @code{yylval}, @code{yychar}, @code{yydebug}, and
4800 (if locations are used) @code{yylloc}. For example, if you use
4801 @samp{%name-prefix "c_"}, the names become @code{c_parse}, @code{c_lex},
4802 and so on. In C++ parsers, it is only the surrounding namespace which is
4803 named @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}.
4804 @xref{Multiple Parsers, ,Multiple Parsers in the Same Program}.
4805 @end deffn
4806
4807 @ifset defaultprec
4808 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
4809 Do not assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec}
4810 modifier (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
4811 Precedence}).
4812 @end deffn
4813 @end ifset
4814
4815 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
4816 Don't generate any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser
4817 file. Ordinarily Bison writes these commands in the parser file so that
4818 the C compiler and debuggers will associate errors and object code with
4819 your source file (the grammar file). This directive causes them to
4820 associate errors with the parser file, treating it an independent source
4821 file in its own right.
4822 @end deffn
4823
4824 @deffn {Directive} %output "@var{file}"
4825 Specify @var{file} for the parser file.
4826 @end deffn
4827
4828 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
4829 Request a pure (reentrant) parser program (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure
4830 (Reentrant) Parser}).
4831 @end deffn
4832
4833 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
4834 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
4835 Require a Version of Bison}.
4836 @end deffn
4837
4838 @deffn {Directive} %skeleton "@var{file}"
4839 Specify the skeleton to use.
4840
4841 You probably don't need this option unless you are developing Bison.
4842 You should use @code{%language} if you want to specify the skeleton for a
4843 different language, because it is clearer and because it will always choose the
4844 correct skeleton for non-deterministic or push parsers.
4845
4846 If @var{file} does not contain a @code{/}, @var{file} is the name of a skeleton
4847 file in the Bison installation directory.
4848 If it does, @var{file} is an absolute file name or a file name relative to the
4849 directory of the grammar file.
4850 This is similar to how most shells resolve commands.
4851 @end deffn
4852
4853 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
4854 Generate an array of token names in the parser file. The name of the
4855 array is @code{yytname}; @code{yytname[@var{i}]} is the name of the
4856 token whose internal Bison token code number is @var{i}. The first
4857 three elements of @code{yytname} correspond to the predefined tokens
4858 @code{"$end"},
4859 @code{"error"}, and @code{"$undefined"}; after these come the symbols
4860 defined in the grammar file.
4861
4862 The name in the table includes all the characters needed to represent
4863 the token in Bison. For single-character literals and literal
4864 strings, this includes the surrounding quoting characters and any
4865 escape sequences. For example, the Bison single-character literal
4866 @code{'+'} corresponds to a three-character name, represented in C as
4867 @code{"'+'"}; and the Bison two-character literal string @code{"\\/"}
4868 corresponds to a five-character name, represented in C as
4869 @code{"\"\\\\/\""}.
4870
4871 When you specify @code{%token-table}, Bison also generates macro
4872 definitions for macros @code{YYNTOKENS}, @code{YYNNTS}, and
4873 @code{YYNRULES}, and @code{YYNSTATES}:
4874
4875 @table @code
4876 @item YYNTOKENS
4877 The highest token number, plus one.
4878 @item YYNNTS
4879 The number of nonterminal symbols.
4880 @item YYNRULES
4881 The number of grammar rules,
4882 @item YYNSTATES
4883 The number of parser states (@pxref{Parser States}).
4884 @end table
4885 @end deffn
4886
4887 @deffn {Directive} %verbose
4888 Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the
4889 parser states and what is done for each type of lookahead token in
4890 that state. @xref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}, for more
4891 information.
4892 @end deffn
4893
4894 @deffn {Directive} %yacc
4895 Pretend the option @option{--yacc} was given, i.e., imitate Yacc,
4896 including its naming conventions. @xref{Bison Options}, for more.
4897 @end deffn
4898
4899
4900 @node Multiple Parsers
4901 @section Multiple Parsers in the Same Program
4902
4903 Most programs that use Bison parse only one language and therefore contain
4904 only one Bison parser. But what if you want to parse more than one
4905 language with the same program? Then you need to avoid a name conflict
4906 between different definitions of @code{yyparse}, @code{yylval}, and so on.
4907
4908 The easy way to do this is to use the option @samp{-p @var{prefix}}
4909 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}). This renames the interface
4910 functions and variables of the Bison parser to start with @var{prefix}
4911 instead of @samp{yy}. You can use this to give each parser distinct
4912 names that do not conflict.
4913
4914 The precise list of symbols renamed is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex},
4915 @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs}, @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc},
4916 @code{yychar} and @code{yydebug}. For example, if you use @samp{-p c},
4917 the names become @code{cparse}, @code{clex}, and so on.
4918
4919 @strong{All the other variables and macros associated with Bison are not
4920 renamed.} These others are not global; there is no conflict if the same
4921 name is used in different parsers. For example, @code{YYSTYPE} is not
4922 renamed, but defining this in different ways in different parsers causes
4923 no trouble (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}).
4924
4925 The @samp{-p} option works by adding macro definitions to the beginning
4926 of the parser source file, defining @code{yyparse} as
4927 @code{@var{prefix}parse}, and so on. This effectively substitutes one
4928 name for the other in the entire parser file.
4929
4930 @node Interface
4931 @chapter Parser C-Language Interface
4932 @cindex C-language interface
4933 @cindex interface
4934
4935 The Bison parser is actually a C function named @code{yyparse}. Here we
4936 describe the interface conventions of @code{yyparse} and the other
4937 functions that it needs to use.
4938
4939 Keep in mind that the parser uses many C identifiers starting with
4940 @samp{yy} and @samp{YY} for internal purposes. If you use such an
4941 identifier (aside from those in this manual) in an action or in epilogue
4942 in the grammar file, you are likely to run into trouble.
4943
4944 @menu
4945 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
4946 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
4947 which reads tokens.
4948 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
4949 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
4950 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
4951 native language.
4952 @end menu
4953
4954 @node Parser Function
4955 @section The Parser Function @code{yyparse}
4956 @findex yyparse
4957
4958 You call the function @code{yyparse} to cause parsing to occur. This
4959 function reads tokens, executes actions, and ultimately returns when it
4960 encounters end-of-input or an unrecoverable syntax error. You can also
4961 write an action which directs @code{yyparse} to return immediately
4962 without reading further.
4963
4964
4965 @deftypefun int yyparse (void)
4966 The value returned by @code{yyparse} is 0 if parsing was successful (return
4967 is due to end-of-input).
4968
4969 The value is 1 if parsing failed because of invalid input, i.e., input
4970 that contains a syntax error or that causes @code{YYABORT} to be
4971 invoked.
4972
4973 The value is 2 if parsing failed due to memory exhaustion.
4974 @end deftypefun
4975
4976 In an action, you can cause immediate return from @code{yyparse} by using
4977 these macros:
4978
4979 @defmac YYACCEPT
4980 @findex YYACCEPT
4981 Return immediately with value 0 (to report success).
4982 @end defmac
4983
4984 @defmac YYABORT
4985 @findex YYABORT
4986 Return immediately with value 1 (to report failure).
4987 @end defmac
4988
4989 If you use a reentrant parser, you can optionally pass additional
4990 parameter information to it in a reentrant way. To do so, use the
4991 declaration @code{%parse-param}:
4992
4993 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4994 @findex %parse-param
4995 Declare that an argument declared by the braced-code
4996 @var{argument-declaration} is an additional @code{yyparse} argument.
4997 The @var{argument-declaration} is used when declaring
4998 functions or prototypes. The last identifier in
4999 @var{argument-declaration} must be the argument name.
5000 @end deffn
5001
5002 Here's an example. Write this in the parser:
5003
5004 @example
5005 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
5006 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
5007 @end example
5008
5009 @noindent
5010 Then call the parser like this:
5011
5012 @example
5013 @{
5014 int nastiness, randomness;
5015 @dots{} /* @r{Store proper data in @code{nastiness} and @code{randomness}.} */
5016 value = yyparse (&nastiness, &randomness);
5017 @dots{}
5018 @}
5019 @end example
5020
5021 @noindent
5022 In the grammar actions, use expressions like this to refer to the data:
5023
5024 @example
5025 exp: @dots{} @{ @dots{}; *randomness += 1; @dots{} @}
5026 @end example
5027
5028
5029 @node Lexical
5030 @section The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
5031 @findex yylex
5032 @cindex lexical analyzer
5033
5034 The @dfn{lexical analyzer} function, @code{yylex}, recognizes tokens from
5035 the input stream and returns them to the parser. Bison does not create
5036 this function automatically; you must write it so that @code{yyparse} can
5037 call it. The function is sometimes referred to as a lexical scanner.
5038
5039 In simple programs, @code{yylex} is often defined at the end of the Bison
5040 grammar file. If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate source file, you
5041 need to arrange for the token-type macro definitions to be available there.
5042 To do this, use the @samp{-d} option when you run Bison, so that it will
5043 write these macro definitions into a separate header file
5044 @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include in the other source files
5045 that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
5046
5047 @menu
5048 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
5049 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
5050 of the token it has read.
5051 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
5052 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
5053 actions want that.
5054 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
5055 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
5056 @end menu
5057
5058 @node Calling Convention
5059 @subsection Calling Convention for @code{yylex}
5060
5061 The value that @code{yylex} returns must be the positive numeric code
5062 for the type of token it has just found; a zero or negative value
5063 signifies end-of-input.
5064
5065 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a name, that name
5066 in the parser file becomes a C macro whose definition is the proper
5067 numeric code for that token type. So @code{yylex} can use the name
5068 to indicate that type. @xref{Symbols}.
5069
5070 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a character literal,
5071 the numeric code for that character is also the code for the token type.
5072 So @code{yylex} can simply return that character code, possibly converted
5073 to @code{unsigned char} to avoid sign-extension. The null character
5074 must not be used this way, because its code is zero and that
5075 signifies end-of-input.
5076
5077 Here is an example showing these things:
5078
5079 @example
5080 int
5081 yylex (void)
5082 @{
5083 @dots{}
5084 if (c == EOF) /* Detect end-of-input. */
5085 return 0;
5086 @dots{}
5087 if (c == '+' || c == '-')
5088 return c; /* Assume token type for `+' is '+'. */
5089 @dots{}
5090 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
5091 @dots{}
5092 @}
5093 @end example
5094
5095 @noindent
5096 This interface has been designed so that the output from the @code{lex}
5097 utility can be used without change as the definition of @code{yylex}.
5098
5099 If the grammar uses literal string tokens, there are two ways that
5100 @code{yylex} can determine the token type codes for them:
5101
5102 @itemize @bullet
5103 @item
5104 If the grammar defines symbolic token names as aliases for the
5105 literal string tokens, @code{yylex} can use these symbolic names like
5106 all others. In this case, the use of the literal string tokens in
5107 the grammar file has no effect on @code{yylex}.
5108
5109 @item
5110 @code{yylex} can find the multicharacter token in the @code{yytname}
5111 table. The index of the token in the table is the token type's code.
5112 The name of a multicharacter token is recorded in @code{yytname} with a
5113 double-quote, the token's characters, and another double-quote. The
5114 token's characters are escaped as necessary to be suitable as input
5115 to Bison.
5116
5117 Here's code for looking up a multicharacter token in @code{yytname},
5118 assuming that the characters of the token are stored in
5119 @code{token_buffer}, and assuming that the token does not contain any
5120 characters like @samp{"} that require escaping.
5121
5122 @smallexample
5123 for (i = 0; i < YYNTOKENS; i++)
5124 @{
5125 if (yytname[i] != 0
5126 && yytname[i][0] == '"'
5127 && ! strncmp (yytname[i] + 1, token_buffer,
5128 strlen (token_buffer))
5129 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 1] == '"'
5130 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 2] == 0)
5131 break;
5132 @}
5133 @end smallexample
5134
5135 The @code{yytname} table is generated only if you use the
5136 @code{%token-table} declaration. @xref{Decl Summary}.
5137 @end itemize
5138
5139 @node Token Values
5140 @subsection Semantic Values of Tokens
5141
5142 @vindex yylval
5143 In an ordinary (nonreentrant) parser, the semantic value of the token must
5144 be stored into the global variable @code{yylval}. When you are using
5145 just one data type for semantic values, @code{yylval} has that type.
5146 Thus, if the type is @code{int} (the default), you might write this in
5147 @code{yylex}:
5148
5149 @example
5150 @group
5151 @dots{}
5152 yylval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
5153 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
5154 @dots{}
5155 @end group
5156 @end example
5157
5158 When you are using multiple data types, @code{yylval}'s type is a union
5159 made from the @code{%union} declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The
5160 Collection of Value Types}). So when you store a token's value, you
5161 must use the proper member of the union. If the @code{%union}
5162 declaration looks like this:
5163
5164 @example
5165 @group
5166 %union @{
5167 int intval;
5168 double val;
5169 symrec *tptr;
5170 @}
5171 @end group
5172 @end example
5173
5174 @noindent
5175 then the code in @code{yylex} might look like this:
5176
5177 @example
5178 @group
5179 @dots{}
5180 yylval.intval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
5181 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
5182 @dots{}
5183 @end group
5184 @end example
5185
5186 @node Token Locations
5187 @subsection Textual Locations of Tokens
5188
5189 @vindex yylloc
5190 If you are using the @samp{@@@var{n}}-feature (@pxref{Locations, ,
5191 Tracking Locations}) in actions to keep track of the textual locations
5192 of tokens and groupings, then you must provide this information in
5193 @code{yylex}. The function @code{yyparse} expects to find the textual
5194 location of a token just parsed in the global variable @code{yylloc}.
5195 So @code{yylex} must store the proper data in that variable.
5196
5197 By default, the value of @code{yylloc} is a structure and you need only
5198 initialize the members that are going to be used by the actions. The
5199 four members are called @code{first_line}, @code{first_column},
5200 @code{last_line} and @code{last_column}. Note that the use of this
5201 feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
5202
5203 @tindex YYLTYPE
5204 The data type of @code{yylloc} has the name @code{YYLTYPE}.
5205
5206 @node Pure Calling
5207 @subsection Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers
5208
5209 When you use the Bison declaration @code{%pure-parser} to request a
5210 pure, reentrant parser, the global communication variables @code{yylval}
5211 and @code{yylloc} cannot be used. (@xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
5212 Parser}.) In such parsers the two global variables are replaced by
5213 pointers passed as arguments to @code{yylex}. You must declare them as
5214 shown here, and pass the information back by storing it through those
5215 pointers.
5216
5217 @example
5218 int
5219 yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp)
5220 @{
5221 @dots{}
5222 *lvalp = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
5223 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
5224 @dots{}
5225 @}
5226 @end example
5227
5228 If the grammar file does not use the @samp{@@} constructs to refer to
5229 textual locations, then the type @code{YYLTYPE} will not be defined. In
5230 this case, omit the second argument; @code{yylex} will be called with
5231 only one argument.
5232
5233
5234 If you wish to pass the additional parameter data to @code{yylex}, use
5235 @code{%lex-param} just like @code{%parse-param} (@pxref{Parser
5236 Function}).
5237
5238 @deffn {Directive} lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
5239 @findex %lex-param
5240 Declare that the braced-code @var{argument-declaration} is an
5241 additional @code{yylex} argument declaration.
5242 @end deffn
5243
5244 For instance:
5245
5246 @example
5247 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
5248 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
5249 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
5250 @end example
5251
5252 @noindent
5253 results in the following signature:
5254
5255 @example
5256 int yylex (int *nastiness);
5257 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5258 @end example
5259
5260 If @code{%pure-parser} is added:
5261
5262 @example
5263 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, int *nastiness);
5264 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5265 @end example
5266
5267 @noindent
5268 and finally, if both @code{%pure-parser} and @code{%locations} are used:
5269
5270 @example
5271 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
5272 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5273 @end example
5274
5275 @node Error Reporting
5276 @section The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}
5277 @cindex error reporting function
5278 @findex yyerror
5279 @cindex parse error
5280 @cindex syntax error
5281
5282 The Bison parser detects a @dfn{syntax error} or @dfn{parse error}
5283 whenever it reads a token which cannot satisfy any syntax rule. An
5284 action in the grammar can also explicitly proclaim an error, using the
5285 macro @code{YYERROR} (@pxref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use
5286 in Actions}).
5287
5288 The Bison parser expects to report the error by calling an error
5289 reporting function named @code{yyerror}, which you must supply. It is
5290 called by @code{yyparse} whenever a syntax error is found, and it
5291 receives one argument. For a syntax error, the string is normally
5292 @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
5293
5294 @findex %error-verbose
5295 If you invoke the directive @code{%error-verbose} in the Bison
5296 declarations section (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison Declarations
5297 Section}), then Bison provides a more verbose and specific error message
5298 string instead of just plain @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
5299
5300 The parser can detect one other kind of error: memory exhaustion. This
5301 can happen when the input contains constructions that are very deeply
5302 nested. It isn't likely you will encounter this, since the Bison
5303 parser normally extends its stack automatically up to a very large limit. But
5304 if memory is exhausted, @code{yyparse} calls @code{yyerror} in the usual
5305 fashion, except that the argument string is @w{@code{"memory exhausted"}}.
5306
5307 In some cases diagnostics like @w{@code{"syntax error"}} are
5308 translated automatically from English to some other language before
5309 they are passed to @code{yyerror}. @xref{Internationalization}.
5310
5311 The following definition suffices in simple programs:
5312
5313 @example
5314 @group
5315 void
5316 yyerror (char const *s)
5317 @{
5318 @end group
5319 @group
5320 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
5321 @}
5322 @end group
5323 @end example
5324
5325 After @code{yyerror} returns to @code{yyparse}, the latter will attempt
5326 error recovery if you have written suitable error recovery grammar rules
5327 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). If recovery is impossible, @code{yyparse} will
5328 immediately return 1.
5329
5330 Obviously, in location tracking pure parsers, @code{yyerror} should have
5331 an access to the current location.
5332 This is indeed the case for the @acronym{GLR}
5333 parsers, but not for the Yacc parser, for historical reasons. I.e., if
5334 @samp{%locations %pure-parser} is passed then the prototypes for
5335 @code{yyerror} are:
5336
5337 @example
5338 void yyerror (char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
5339 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
5340 @end example
5341
5342 If @samp{%parse-param @{int *nastiness@}} is used, then:
5343
5344 @example
5345 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
5346 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
5347 @end example
5348
5349 Finally, @acronym{GLR} and Yacc parsers share the same @code{yyerror} calling
5350 convention for absolutely pure parsers, i.e., when the calling
5351 convention of @code{yylex} @emph{and} the calling convention of
5352 @code{%pure-parser} are pure. I.e.:
5353
5354 @example
5355 /* Location tracking. */
5356 %locations
5357 /* Pure yylex. */
5358 %pure-parser
5359 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
5360 /* Pure yyparse. */
5361 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
5362 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
5363 @end example
5364
5365 @noindent
5366 results in the following signatures for all the parser kinds:
5367
5368 @example
5369 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
5370 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5371 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp,
5372 int *nastiness, int *randomness,
5373 char const *msg);
5374 @end example
5375
5376 @noindent
5377 The prototypes are only indications of how the code produced by Bison
5378 uses @code{yyerror}. Bison-generated code always ignores the returned
5379 value, so @code{yyerror} can return any type, including @code{void}.
5380 Also, @code{yyerror} can be a variadic function; that is why the
5381 message is always passed last.
5382
5383 Traditionally @code{yyerror} returns an @code{int} that is always
5384 ignored, but this is purely for historical reasons, and @code{void} is
5385 preferable since it more accurately describes the return type for
5386 @code{yyerror}.
5387
5388 @vindex yynerrs
5389 The variable @code{yynerrs} contains the number of syntax errors
5390 reported so far. Normally this variable is global; but if you
5391 request a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser})
5392 then it is a local variable which only the actions can access.
5393
5394 @node Action Features
5395 @section Special Features for Use in Actions
5396 @cindex summary, action features
5397 @cindex action features summary
5398
5399 Here is a table of Bison constructs, variables and macros that
5400 are useful in actions.
5401
5402 @deffn {Variable} $$
5403 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
5404 grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
5405 @end deffn
5406
5407 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
5408 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
5409 @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
5410 @end deffn
5411
5412 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>$
5413 Like @code{$$} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the union
5414 specified by the @code{%union} declaration. @xref{Action Types, ,Data
5415 Types of Values in Actions}.
5416 @end deffn
5417
5418 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>@var{n}
5419 Like @code{$@var{n}} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the
5420 union specified by the @code{%union} declaration.
5421 @xref{Action Types, ,Data Types of Values in Actions}.
5422 @end deffn
5423
5424 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT;
5425 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating failure.
5426 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
5427 @end deffn
5428
5429 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT;
5430 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating success.
5431 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
5432 @end deffn
5433
5434 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP (@var{token}, @var{value});
5435 @findex YYBACKUP
5436 Unshift a token. This macro is allowed only for rules that reduce
5437 a single value, and only when there is no lookahead token.
5438 It is also disallowed in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
5439 It installs a lookahead token with token type @var{token} and
5440 semantic value @var{value}; then it discards the value that was
5441 going to be reduced by this rule.
5442
5443 If the macro is used when it is not valid, such as when there is
5444 a lookahead token already, then it reports a syntax error with
5445 a message @samp{cannot back up} and performs ordinary error
5446 recovery.
5447
5448 In either case, the rest of the action is not executed.
5449 @end deffn
5450
5451 @deffn {Macro} YYEMPTY
5452 @vindex YYEMPTY
5453 Value stored in @code{yychar} when there is no lookahead token.
5454 @end deffn
5455
5456 @deffn {Macro} YYEOF
5457 @vindex YYEOF
5458 Value stored in @code{yychar} when the lookahead is the end of the input
5459 stream.
5460 @end deffn
5461
5462 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR;
5463 @findex YYERROR
5464 Cause an immediate syntax error. This statement initiates error
5465 recovery just as if the parser itself had detected an error; however, it
5466 does not call @code{yyerror}, and does not print any message. If you
5467 want to print an error message, call @code{yyerror} explicitly before
5468 the @samp{YYERROR;} statement. @xref{Error Recovery}.
5469 @end deffn
5470
5471 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
5472 @findex YYRECOVERING
5473 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
5474 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
5475 @xref{Error Recovery}.
5476 @end deffn
5477
5478 @deffn {Variable} yychar
5479 Variable containing either the lookahead token, or @code{YYEOF} when the
5480 lookahead is the end of the input stream, or @code{YYEMPTY} when no lookahead
5481 has been performed so the next token is not yet known.
5482 Do not modify @code{yychar} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
5483 Actions}).
5484 @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.
5485 @end deffn
5486
5487 @deffn {Macro} yyclearin;
5488 Discard the current lookahead token. This is useful primarily in
5489 error rules.
5490 Do not invoke @code{yyclearin} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR
5491 Semantic Actions}).
5492 @xref{Error Recovery}.
5493 @end deffn
5494
5495 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok;
5496 Resume generating error messages immediately for subsequent syntax
5497 errors. This is useful primarily in error rules.
5498 @xref{Error Recovery}.
5499 @end deffn
5500
5501 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
5502 Variable containing the lookahead token location when @code{yychar} is not set
5503 to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
5504 Do not modify @code{yylloc} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
5505 Actions}).
5506 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
5507 @end deffn
5508
5509 @deffn {Variable} yylval
5510 Variable containing the lookahead token semantic value when @code{yychar} is
5511 not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
5512 Do not modify @code{yylval} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
5513 Actions}).
5514 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
5515 @end deffn
5516
5517 @deffn {Value} @@$
5518 @findex @@$
5519 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
5520 of the grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
5521 Tracking Locations}.
5522
5523 @c Check if those paragraphs are still useful or not.
5524
5525 @c @example
5526 @c struct @{
5527 @c int first_line, last_line;
5528 @c int first_column, last_column;
5529 @c @};
5530 @c @end example
5531
5532 @c Thus, to get the starting line number of the third component, you would
5533 @c use @samp{@@3.first_line}.
5534
5535 @c In order for the members of this structure to contain valid information,
5536 @c you must make @code{yylex} supply this information about each token.
5537 @c If you need only certain members, then @code{yylex} need only fill in
5538 @c those members.
5539
5540 @c The use of this feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
5541 @end deffn
5542
5543 @deffn {Value} @@@var{n}
5544 @findex @@@var{n}
5545 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
5546 of the @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
5547 Tracking Locations}.
5548 @end deffn
5549
5550 @node Internationalization
5551 @section Parser Internationalization
5552 @cindex internationalization
5553 @cindex i18n
5554 @cindex NLS
5555 @cindex gettext
5556 @cindex bison-po
5557
5558 A Bison-generated parser can print diagnostics, including error and
5559 tracing messages. By default, they appear in English. However, Bison
5560 also supports outputting diagnostics in the user's native language. To
5561 make this work, the user should set the usual environment variables.
5562 @xref{Users, , The User's View, gettext, GNU @code{gettext} utilities}.
5563 For example, the shell command @samp{export LC_ALL=fr_CA.UTF-8} might
5564 set the user's locale to French Canadian using the @acronym{UTF}-8
5565 encoding. The exact set of available locales depends on the user's
5566 installation.
5567
5568 The maintainer of a package that uses a Bison-generated parser enables
5569 the internationalization of the parser's output through the following
5570 steps. Here we assume a package that uses @acronym{GNU} Autoconf and
5571 @acronym{GNU} Automake.
5572
5573 @enumerate
5574 @item
5575 @cindex bison-i18n.m4
5576 Into the directory containing the @acronym{GNU} Autoconf macros used
5577 by the package---often called @file{m4}---copy the
5578 @file{bison-i18n.m4} file installed by Bison under
5579 @samp{share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4} in Bison's installation directory.
5580 For example:
5581
5582 @example
5583 cp /usr/local/share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4 m4/bison-i18n.m4
5584 @end example
5585
5586 @item
5587 @findex BISON_I18N
5588 @vindex BISON_LOCALEDIR
5589 @vindex YYENABLE_NLS
5590 In the top-level @file{configure.ac}, after the @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT}
5591 invocation, add an invocation of @code{BISON_I18N}. This macro is
5592 defined in the file @file{bison-i18n.m4} that you copied earlier. It
5593 causes @samp{configure} to find the value of the
5594 @code{BISON_LOCALEDIR} variable, and it defines the source-language
5595 symbol @code{YYENABLE_NLS} to enable translations in the
5596 Bison-generated parser.
5597
5598 @item
5599 In the @code{main} function of your program, designate the directory
5600 containing Bison's runtime message catalog, through a call to
5601 @samp{bindtextdomain} with domain name @samp{bison-runtime}.
5602 For example:
5603
5604 @example
5605 bindtextdomain ("bison-runtime", BISON_LOCALEDIR);
5606 @end example
5607
5608 Typically this appears after any other call @code{bindtextdomain
5609 (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR)} that your package already has. Here we rely on
5610 @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} to be defined as a string through the
5611 @file{Makefile}.
5612
5613 @item
5614 In the @file{Makefile.am} that controls the compilation of the @code{main}
5615 function, make @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} available as a C preprocessor macro,
5616 either in @samp{DEFS} or in @samp{AM_CPPFLAGS}. For example:
5617
5618 @example
5619 DEFS = @@DEFS@@ -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5620 @end example
5621
5622 or:
5623
5624 @example
5625 AM_CPPFLAGS = -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5626 @end example
5627
5628 @item
5629 Finally, invoke the command @command{autoreconf} to generate the build
5630 infrastructure.
5631 @end enumerate
5632
5633
5634 @node Algorithm
5635 @chapter The Bison Parser Algorithm
5636 @cindex Bison parser algorithm
5637 @cindex algorithm of parser
5638 @cindex shifting
5639 @cindex reduction
5640 @cindex parser stack
5641 @cindex stack, parser
5642
5643 As Bison reads tokens, it pushes them onto a stack along with their
5644 semantic values. The stack is called the @dfn{parser stack}. Pushing a
5645 token is traditionally called @dfn{shifting}.
5646
5647 For example, suppose the infix calculator has read @samp{1 + 5 *}, with a
5648 @samp{3} to come. The stack will have four elements, one for each token
5649 that was shifted.
5650
5651 But the stack does not always have an element for each token read. When
5652 the last @var{n} tokens and groupings shifted match the components of a
5653 grammar rule, they can be combined according to that rule. This is called
5654 @dfn{reduction}. Those tokens and groupings are replaced on the stack by a
5655 single grouping whose symbol is the result (left hand side) of that rule.
5656 Running the rule's action is part of the process of reduction, because this
5657 is what computes the semantic value of the resulting grouping.
5658
5659 For example, if the infix calculator's parser stack contains this:
5660
5661 @example
5662 1 + 5 * 3
5663 @end example
5664
5665 @noindent
5666 and the next input token is a newline character, then the last three
5667 elements can be reduced to 15 via the rule:
5668
5669 @example
5670 expr: expr '*' expr;
5671 @end example
5672
5673 @noindent
5674 Then the stack contains just these three elements:
5675
5676 @example
5677 1 + 15
5678 @end example
5679
5680 @noindent
5681 At this point, another reduction can be made, resulting in the single value
5682 16. Then the newline token can be shifted.
5683
5684 The parser tries, by shifts and reductions, to reduce the entire input down
5685 to a single grouping whose symbol is the grammar's start-symbol
5686 (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}).
5687
5688 This kind of parser is known in the literature as a bottom-up parser.
5689
5690 @menu
5691 * Lookahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
5692 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
5693 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
5694 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
5695 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
5696 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
5697 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
5698 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
5699 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
5700 @end menu
5701
5702 @node Lookahead
5703 @section Lookahead Tokens
5704 @cindex lookahead token
5705
5706 The Bison parser does @emph{not} always reduce immediately as soon as the
5707 last @var{n} tokens and groupings match a rule. This is because such a
5708 simple strategy is inadequate to handle most languages. Instead, when a
5709 reduction is possible, the parser sometimes ``looks ahead'' at the next
5710 token in order to decide what to do.
5711
5712 When a token is read, it is not immediately shifted; first it becomes the
5713 @dfn{lookahead token}, which is not on the stack. Now the parser can
5714 perform one or more reductions of tokens and groupings on the stack, while
5715 the lookahead token remains off to the side. When no more reductions
5716 should take place, the lookahead token is shifted onto the stack. This
5717 does not mean that all possible reductions have been done; depending on the
5718 token type of the lookahead token, some rules may choose to delay their
5719 application.
5720
5721 Here is a simple case where lookahead is needed. These three rules define
5722 expressions which contain binary addition operators and postfix unary
5723 factorial operators (@samp{!}), and allow parentheses for grouping.
5724
5725 @example
5726 @group
5727 expr: term '+' expr
5728 | term
5729 ;
5730 @end group
5731
5732 @group
5733 term: '(' expr ')'
5734 | term '!'
5735 | NUMBER
5736 ;
5737 @end group
5738 @end example
5739
5740 Suppose that the tokens @w{@samp{1 + 2}} have been read and shifted; what
5741 should be done? If the following token is @samp{)}, then the first three
5742 tokens must be reduced to form an @code{expr}. This is the only valid
5743 course, because shifting the @samp{)} would produce a sequence of symbols
5744 @w{@code{term ')'}}, and no rule allows this.
5745
5746 If the following token is @samp{!}, then it must be shifted immediately so
5747 that @w{@samp{2 !}} can be reduced to make a @code{term}. If instead the
5748 parser were to reduce before shifting, @w{@samp{1 + 2}} would become an
5749 @code{expr}. It would then be impossible to shift the @samp{!} because
5750 doing so would produce on the stack the sequence of symbols @code{expr
5751 '!'}. No rule allows that sequence.
5752
5753 @vindex yychar
5754 @vindex yylval
5755 @vindex yylloc
5756 The lookahead token is stored in the variable @code{yychar}.
5757 Its semantic value and location, if any, are stored in the variables
5758 @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.
5759 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
5760
5761 @node Shift/Reduce
5762 @section Shift/Reduce Conflicts
5763 @cindex conflicts
5764 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
5765 @cindex dangling @code{else}
5766 @cindex @code{else}, dangling
5767
5768 Suppose we are parsing a language which has if-then and if-then-else
5769 statements, with a pair of rules like this:
5770
5771 @example
5772 @group
5773 if_stmt:
5774 IF expr THEN stmt
5775 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5776 ;
5777 @end group
5778 @end example
5779
5780 @noindent
5781 Here we assume that @code{IF}, @code{THEN} and @code{ELSE} are
5782 terminal symbols for specific keyword tokens.
5783
5784 When the @code{ELSE} token is read and becomes the lookahead token, the
5785 contents of the stack (assuming the input is valid) are just right for
5786 reduction by the first rule. But it is also legitimate to shift the
5787 @code{ELSE}, because that would lead to eventual reduction by the second
5788 rule.
5789
5790 This situation, where either a shift or a reduction would be valid, is
5791 called a @dfn{shift/reduce conflict}. Bison is designed to resolve
5792 these conflicts by choosing to shift, unless otherwise directed by
5793 operator precedence declarations. To see the reason for this, let's
5794 contrast it with the other alternative.
5795
5796 Since the parser prefers to shift the @code{ELSE}, the result is to attach
5797 the else-clause to the innermost if-statement, making these two inputs
5798 equivalent:
5799
5800 @example
5801 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5802
5803 if x then do; if y then win (); else lose; end;
5804 @end example
5805
5806 But if the parser chose to reduce when possible rather than shift, the
5807 result would be to attach the else-clause to the outermost if-statement,
5808 making these two inputs equivalent:
5809
5810 @example
5811 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5812
5813 if x then do; if y then win (); end; else lose;
5814 @end example
5815
5816 The conflict exists because the grammar as written is ambiguous: either
5817 parsing of the simple nested if-statement is legitimate. The established
5818 convention is that these ambiguities are resolved by attaching the
5819 else-clause to the innermost if-statement; this is what Bison accomplishes
5820 by choosing to shift rather than reduce. (It would ideally be cleaner to
5821 write an unambiguous grammar, but that is very hard to do in this case.)
5822 This particular ambiguity was first encountered in the specifications of
5823 Algol 60 and is called the ``dangling @code{else}'' ambiguity.
5824
5825 To avoid warnings from Bison about predictable, legitimate shift/reduce
5826 conflicts, use the @code{%expect @var{n}} declaration. There will be no
5827 warning as long as the number of shift/reduce conflicts is exactly @var{n}.
5828 @xref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}.
5829
5830 The definition of @code{if_stmt} above is solely to blame for the
5831 conflict, but the conflict does not actually appear without additional
5832 rules. Here is a complete Bison input file that actually manifests the
5833 conflict:
5834
5835 @example
5836 @group
5837 %token IF THEN ELSE variable
5838 %%
5839 @end group
5840 @group
5841 stmt: expr
5842 | if_stmt
5843 ;
5844 @end group
5845
5846 @group
5847 if_stmt:
5848 IF expr THEN stmt
5849 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5850 ;
5851 @end group
5852
5853 expr: variable
5854 ;
5855 @end example
5856
5857 @node Precedence
5858 @section Operator Precedence
5859 @cindex operator precedence
5860 @cindex precedence of operators
5861
5862 Another situation where shift/reduce conflicts appear is in arithmetic
5863 expressions. Here shifting is not always the preferred resolution; the
5864 Bison declarations for operator precedence allow you to specify when to
5865 shift and when to reduce.
5866
5867 @menu
5868 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
5869 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
5870 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
5871 * How Precedence:: How they work.
5872 @end menu
5873
5874 @node Why Precedence
5875 @subsection When Precedence is Needed
5876
5877 Consider the following ambiguous grammar fragment (ambiguous because the
5878 input @w{@samp{1 - 2 * 3}} can be parsed in two different ways):
5879
5880 @example
5881 @group
5882 expr: expr '-' expr
5883 | expr '*' expr
5884 | expr '<' expr
5885 | '(' expr ')'
5886 @dots{}
5887 ;
5888 @end group
5889 @end example
5890
5891 @noindent
5892 Suppose the parser has seen the tokens @samp{1}, @samp{-} and @samp{2};
5893 should it reduce them via the rule for the subtraction operator? It
5894 depends on the next token. Of course, if the next token is @samp{)}, we
5895 must reduce; shifting is invalid because no single rule can reduce the
5896 token sequence @w{@samp{- 2 )}} or anything starting with that. But if
5897 the next token is @samp{*} or @samp{<}, we have a choice: either
5898 shifting or reduction would allow the parse to complete, but with
5899 different results.
5900
5901 To decide which one Bison should do, we must consider the results. If
5902 the next operator token @var{op} is shifted, then it must be reduced
5903 first in order to permit another opportunity to reduce the difference.
5904 The result is (in effect) @w{@samp{1 - (2 @var{op} 3)}}. On the other
5905 hand, if the subtraction is reduced before shifting @var{op}, the result
5906 is @w{@samp{(1 - 2) @var{op} 3}}. Clearly, then, the choice of shift or
5907 reduce should depend on the relative precedence of the operators
5908 @samp{-} and @var{op}: @samp{*} should be shifted first, but not
5909 @samp{<}.
5910
5911 @cindex associativity
5912 What about input such as @w{@samp{1 - 2 - 5}}; should this be
5913 @w{@samp{(1 - 2) - 5}} or should it be @w{@samp{1 - (2 - 5)}}? For most
5914 operators we prefer the former, which is called @dfn{left association}.
5915 The latter alternative, @dfn{right association}, is desirable for
5916 assignment operators. The choice of left or right association is a
5917 matter of whether the parser chooses to shift or reduce when the stack
5918 contains @w{@samp{1 - 2}} and the lookahead token is @samp{-}: shifting
5919 makes right-associativity.
5920
5921 @node Using Precedence
5922 @subsection Specifying Operator Precedence
5923 @findex %left
5924 @findex %right
5925 @findex %nonassoc
5926
5927 Bison allows you to specify these choices with the operator precedence
5928 declarations @code{%left} and @code{%right}. Each such declaration
5929 contains a list of tokens, which are operators whose precedence and
5930 associativity is being declared. The @code{%left} declaration makes all
5931 those operators left-associative and the @code{%right} declaration makes
5932 them right-associative. A third alternative is @code{%nonassoc}, which
5933 declares that it is a syntax error to find the same operator twice ``in a
5934 row''.
5935
5936 The relative precedence of different operators is controlled by the
5937 order in which they are declared. The first @code{%left} or
5938 @code{%right} declaration in the file declares the operators whose
5939 precedence is lowest, the next such declaration declares the operators
5940 whose precedence is a little higher, and so on.
5941
5942 @node Precedence Examples
5943 @subsection Precedence Examples
5944
5945 In our example, we would want the following declarations:
5946
5947 @example
5948 %left '<'
5949 %left '-'
5950 %left '*'
5951 @end example
5952
5953 In a more complete example, which supports other operators as well, we
5954 would declare them in groups of equal precedence. For example, @code{'+'} is
5955 declared with @code{'-'}:
5956
5957 @example
5958 %left '<' '>' '=' NE LE GE
5959 %left '+' '-'
5960 %left '*' '/'
5961 @end example
5962
5963 @noindent
5964 (Here @code{NE} and so on stand for the operators for ``not equal''
5965 and so on. We assume that these tokens are more than one character long
5966 and therefore are represented by names, not character literals.)
5967
5968 @node How Precedence
5969 @subsection How Precedence Works
5970
5971 The first effect of the precedence declarations is to assign precedence
5972 levels to the terminal symbols declared. The second effect is to assign
5973 precedence levels to certain rules: each rule gets its precedence from
5974 the last terminal symbol mentioned in the components. (You can also
5975 specify explicitly the precedence of a rule. @xref{Contextual
5976 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.)
5977
5978 Finally, the resolution of conflicts works by comparing the precedence
5979 of the rule being considered with that of the lookahead token. If the
5980 token's precedence is higher, the choice is to shift. If the rule's
5981 precedence is higher, the choice is to reduce. If they have equal
5982 precedence, the choice is made based on the associativity of that
5983 precedence level. The verbose output file made by @samp{-v}
5984 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}) says how each conflict was
5985 resolved.
5986
5987 Not all rules and not all tokens have precedence. If either the rule or
5988 the lookahead token has no precedence, then the default is to shift.
5989
5990 @node Contextual Precedence
5991 @section Context-Dependent Precedence
5992 @cindex context-dependent precedence
5993 @cindex unary operator precedence
5994 @cindex precedence, context-dependent
5995 @cindex precedence, unary operator
5996 @findex %prec
5997
5998 Often the precedence of an operator depends on the context. This sounds
5999 outlandish at first, but it is really very common. For example, a minus
6000 sign typically has a very high precedence as a unary operator, and a
6001 somewhat lower precedence (lower than multiplication) as a binary operator.
6002
6003 The Bison precedence declarations, @code{%left}, @code{%right} and
6004 @code{%nonassoc}, can only be used once for a given token; so a token has
6005 only one precedence declared in this way. For context-dependent
6006 precedence, you need to use an additional mechanism: the @code{%prec}
6007 modifier for rules.
6008
6009 The @code{%prec} modifier declares the precedence of a particular rule by
6010 specifying a terminal symbol whose precedence should be used for that rule.
6011 It's not necessary for that symbol to appear otherwise in the rule. The
6012 modifier's syntax is:
6013
6014 @example
6015 %prec @var{terminal-symbol}
6016 @end example
6017
6018 @noindent
6019 and it is written after the components of the rule. Its effect is to
6020 assign the rule the precedence of @var{terminal-symbol}, overriding
6021 the precedence that would be deduced for it in the ordinary way. The
6022 altered rule precedence then affects how conflicts involving that rule
6023 are resolved (@pxref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}).
6024
6025 Here is how @code{%prec} solves the problem of unary minus. First, declare
6026 a precedence for a fictitious terminal symbol named @code{UMINUS}. There
6027 are no tokens of this type, but the symbol serves to stand for its
6028 precedence:
6029
6030 @example
6031 @dots{}
6032 %left '+' '-'
6033 %left '*'
6034 %left UMINUS
6035 @end example
6036
6037 Now the precedence of @code{UMINUS} can be used in specific rules:
6038
6039 @example
6040 @group
6041 exp: @dots{}
6042 | exp '-' exp
6043 @dots{}
6044 | '-' exp %prec UMINUS
6045 @end group
6046 @end example
6047
6048 @ifset defaultprec
6049 If you forget to append @code{%prec UMINUS} to the rule for unary
6050 minus, Bison silently assumes that minus has its usual precedence.
6051 This kind of problem can be tricky to debug, since one typically
6052 discovers the mistake only by testing the code.
6053
6054 The @code{%no-default-prec;} declaration makes it easier to discover
6055 this kind of problem systematically. It causes rules that lack a
6056 @code{%prec} modifier to have no precedence, even if the last terminal
6057 symbol mentioned in their components has a declared precedence.
6058
6059 If @code{%no-default-prec;} is in effect, you must specify @code{%prec}
6060 for all rules that participate in precedence conflict resolution.
6061 Then you will see any shift/reduce conflict until you tell Bison how
6062 to resolve it, either by changing your grammar or by adding an
6063 explicit precedence. This will probably add declarations to the
6064 grammar, but it helps to protect against incorrect rule precedences.
6065
6066 The effect of @code{%no-default-prec;} can be reversed by giving
6067 @code{%default-prec;}, which is the default.
6068 @end ifset
6069
6070 @node Parser States
6071 @section Parser States
6072 @cindex finite-state machine
6073 @cindex parser state
6074 @cindex state (of parser)
6075
6076 The function @code{yyparse} is implemented using a finite-state machine.
6077 The values pushed on the parser stack are not simply token type codes; they
6078 represent the entire sequence of terminal and nonterminal symbols at or
6079 near the top of the stack. The current state collects all the information
6080 about previous input which is relevant to deciding what to do next.
6081
6082 Each time a lookahead token is read, the current parser state together
6083 with the type of lookahead token are looked up in a table. This table
6084 entry can say, ``Shift the lookahead token.'' In this case, it also
6085 specifies the new parser state, which is pushed onto the top of the
6086 parser stack. Or it can say, ``Reduce using rule number @var{n}.''
6087 This means that a certain number of tokens or groupings are taken off
6088 the top of the stack, and replaced by one grouping. In other words,
6089 that number of states are popped from the stack, and one new state is
6090 pushed.
6091
6092 There is one other alternative: the table can say that the lookahead token
6093 is erroneous in the current state. This causes error processing to begin
6094 (@pxref{Error Recovery}).
6095
6096 @node Reduce/Reduce
6097 @section Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
6098 @cindex reduce/reduce conflict
6099 @cindex conflicts, reduce/reduce
6100
6101 A reduce/reduce conflict occurs if there are two or more rules that apply
6102 to the same sequence of input. This usually indicates a serious error
6103 in the grammar.
6104
6105 For example, here is an erroneous attempt to define a sequence
6106 of zero or more @code{word} groupings.
6107
6108 @example
6109 sequence: /* empty */
6110 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
6111 | maybeword
6112 | sequence word
6113 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
6114 ;
6115
6116 maybeword: /* empty */
6117 @{ printf ("empty maybeword\n"); @}
6118 | word
6119 @{ printf ("single word %s\n", $1); @}
6120 ;
6121 @end example
6122
6123 @noindent
6124 The error is an ambiguity: there is more than one way to parse a single
6125 @code{word} into a @code{sequence}. It could be reduced to a
6126 @code{maybeword} and then into a @code{sequence} via the second rule.
6127 Alternatively, nothing-at-all could be reduced into a @code{sequence}
6128 via the first rule, and this could be combined with the @code{word}
6129 using the third rule for @code{sequence}.
6130
6131 There is also more than one way to reduce nothing-at-all into a
6132 @code{sequence}. This can be done directly via the first rule,
6133 or indirectly via @code{maybeword} and then the second rule.
6134
6135 You might think that this is a distinction without a difference, because it
6136 does not change whether any particular input is valid or not. But it does
6137 affect which actions are run. One parsing order runs the second rule's
6138 action; the other runs the first rule's action and the third rule's action.
6139 In this example, the output of the program changes.
6140
6141 Bison resolves a reduce/reduce conflict by choosing to use the rule that
6142 appears first in the grammar, but it is very risky to rely on this. Every
6143 reduce/reduce conflict must be studied and usually eliminated. Here is the
6144 proper way to define @code{sequence}:
6145
6146 @example
6147 sequence: /* empty */
6148 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
6149 | sequence word
6150 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
6151 ;
6152 @end example
6153
6154 Here is another common error that yields a reduce/reduce conflict:
6155
6156 @example
6157 sequence: /* empty */
6158 | sequence words
6159 | sequence redirects
6160 ;
6161
6162 words: /* empty */
6163 | words word
6164 ;
6165
6166 redirects:/* empty */
6167 | redirects redirect
6168 ;
6169 @end example
6170
6171 @noindent
6172 The intention here is to define a sequence which can contain either
6173 @code{word} or @code{redirect} groupings. The individual definitions of
6174 @code{sequence}, @code{words} and @code{redirects} are error-free, but the
6175 three together make a subtle ambiguity: even an empty input can be parsed
6176 in infinitely many ways!
6177
6178 Consider: nothing-at-all could be a @code{words}. Or it could be two
6179 @code{words} in a row, or three, or any number. It could equally well be a
6180 @code{redirects}, or two, or any number. Or it could be a @code{words}
6181 followed by three @code{redirects} and another @code{words}. And so on.
6182
6183 Here are two ways to correct these rules. First, to make it a single level
6184 of sequence:
6185
6186 @example
6187 sequence: /* empty */
6188 | sequence word
6189 | sequence redirect
6190 ;
6191 @end example
6192
6193 Second, to prevent either a @code{words} or a @code{redirects}
6194 from being empty:
6195
6196 @example
6197 sequence: /* empty */
6198 | sequence words
6199 | sequence redirects
6200 ;
6201
6202 words: word
6203 | words word
6204 ;
6205
6206 redirects:redirect
6207 | redirects redirect
6208 ;
6209 @end example
6210
6211 @node Mystery Conflicts
6212 @section Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
6213
6214 Sometimes reduce/reduce conflicts can occur that don't look warranted.
6215 Here is an example:
6216
6217 @example
6218 @group
6219 %token ID
6220
6221 %%
6222 def: param_spec return_spec ','
6223 ;
6224 param_spec:
6225 type
6226 | name_list ':' type
6227 ;
6228 @end group
6229 @group
6230 return_spec:
6231 type
6232 | name ':' type
6233 ;
6234 @end group
6235 @group
6236 type: ID
6237 ;
6238 @end group
6239 @group
6240 name: ID
6241 ;
6242 name_list:
6243 name
6244 | name ',' name_list
6245 ;
6246 @end group
6247 @end example
6248
6249 It would seem that this grammar can be parsed with only a single token
6250 of lookahead: when a @code{param_spec} is being read, an @code{ID} is
6251 a @code{name} if a comma or colon follows, or a @code{type} if another
6252 @code{ID} follows. In other words, this grammar is @acronym{LR}(1).
6253
6254 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1)
6255 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1)
6256 However, Bison, like most parser generators, cannot actually handle all
6257 @acronym{LR}(1) grammars. In this grammar, two contexts, that after
6258 an @code{ID}
6259 at the beginning of a @code{param_spec} and likewise at the beginning of
6260 a @code{return_spec}, are similar enough that Bison assumes they are the
6261 same. They appear similar because the same set of rules would be
6262 active---the rule for reducing to a @code{name} and that for reducing to
6263 a @code{type}. Bison is unable to determine at that stage of processing
6264 that the rules would require different lookahead tokens in the two
6265 contexts, so it makes a single parser state for them both. Combining
6266 the two contexts causes a conflict later. In parser terminology, this
6267 occurrence means that the grammar is not @acronym{LALR}(1).
6268
6269 In general, it is better to fix deficiencies than to document them. But
6270 this particular deficiency is intrinsically hard to fix; parser
6271 generators that can handle @acronym{LR}(1) grammars are hard to write
6272 and tend to
6273 produce parsers that are very large. In practice, Bison is more useful
6274 as it is now.
6275
6276 When the problem arises, you can often fix it by identifying the two
6277 parser states that are being confused, and adding something to make them
6278 look distinct. In the above example, adding one rule to
6279 @code{return_spec} as follows makes the problem go away:
6280
6281 @example
6282 @group
6283 %token BOGUS
6284 @dots{}
6285 %%
6286 @dots{}
6287 return_spec:
6288 type
6289 | name ':' type
6290 /* This rule is never used. */
6291 | ID BOGUS
6292 ;
6293 @end group
6294 @end example
6295
6296 This corrects the problem because it introduces the possibility of an
6297 additional active rule in the context after the @code{ID} at the beginning of
6298 @code{return_spec}. This rule is not active in the corresponding context
6299 in a @code{param_spec}, so the two contexts receive distinct parser states.
6300 As long as the token @code{BOGUS} is never generated by @code{yylex},
6301 the added rule cannot alter the way actual input is parsed.
6302
6303 In this particular example, there is another way to solve the problem:
6304 rewrite the rule for @code{return_spec} to use @code{ID} directly
6305 instead of via @code{name}. This also causes the two confusing
6306 contexts to have different sets of active rules, because the one for
6307 @code{return_spec} activates the altered rule for @code{return_spec}
6308 rather than the one for @code{name}.
6309
6310 @example
6311 param_spec:
6312 type
6313 | name_list ':' type
6314 ;
6315 return_spec:
6316 type
6317 | ID ':' type
6318 ;
6319 @end example
6320
6321 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers and parser
6322 generators, please see:
6323 Frank DeRemer and Thomas Pennello, Efficient Computation of
6324 @acronym{LALR}(1) Look-Ahead Sets, @cite{@acronym{ACM} Transactions on
6325 Programming Languages and Systems}, Vol.@: 4, No.@: 4 (October 1982),
6326 pp.@: 615--649 @uref{http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/69622.357187}.
6327
6328 @node Generalized LR Parsing
6329 @section Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) Parsing
6330 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
6331 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
6332 @cindex ambiguous grammars
6333 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
6334
6335 Bison produces @emph{deterministic} parsers that choose uniquely
6336 when to reduce and which reduction to apply
6337 based on a summary of the preceding input and on one extra token of lookahead.
6338 As a result, normal Bison handles a proper subset of the family of
6339 context-free languages.
6340 Ambiguous grammars, since they have strings with more than one possible
6341 sequence of reductions cannot have deterministic parsers in this sense.
6342 The same is true of languages that require more than one symbol of
6343 lookahead, since the parser lacks the information necessary to make a
6344 decision at the point it must be made in a shift-reduce parser.
6345 Finally, as previously mentioned (@pxref{Mystery Conflicts}),
6346 there are languages where Bison's particular choice of how to
6347 summarize the input seen so far loses necessary information.
6348
6349 When you use the @samp{%glr-parser} declaration in your grammar file,
6350 Bison generates a parser that uses a different algorithm, called
6351 Generalized @acronym{LR} (or @acronym{GLR}). A Bison @acronym{GLR}
6352 parser uses the same basic
6353 algorithm for parsing as an ordinary Bison parser, but behaves
6354 differently in cases where there is a shift-reduce conflict that has not
6355 been resolved by precedence rules (@pxref{Precedence}) or a
6356 reduce-reduce conflict. When a @acronym{GLR} parser encounters such a
6357 situation, it
6358 effectively @emph{splits} into a several parsers, one for each possible
6359 shift or reduction. These parsers then proceed as usual, consuming
6360 tokens in lock-step. Some of the stacks may encounter other conflicts
6361 and split further, with the result that instead of a sequence of states,
6362 a Bison @acronym{GLR} parsing stack is what is in effect a tree of states.
6363
6364 In effect, each stack represents a guess as to what the proper parse
6365 is. Additional input may indicate that a guess was wrong, in which case
6366 the appropriate stack silently disappears. Otherwise, the semantics
6367 actions generated in each stack are saved, rather than being executed
6368 immediately. When a stack disappears, its saved semantic actions never
6369 get executed. When a reduction causes two stacks to become equivalent,
6370 their sets of semantic actions are both saved with the state that
6371 results from the reduction. We say that two stacks are equivalent
6372 when they both represent the same sequence of states,
6373 and each pair of corresponding states represents a
6374 grammar symbol that produces the same segment of the input token
6375 stream.
6376
6377 Whenever the parser makes a transition from having multiple
6378 states to having one, it reverts to the normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing
6379 algorithm, after resolving and executing the saved-up actions.
6380 At this transition, some of the states on the stack will have semantic
6381 values that are sets (actually multisets) of possible actions. The
6382 parser tries to pick one of the actions by first finding one whose rule
6383 has the highest dynamic precedence, as set by the @samp{%dprec}
6384 declaration. Otherwise, if the alternative actions are not ordered by
6385 precedence, but there the same merging function is declared for both
6386 rules by the @samp{%merge} declaration,
6387 Bison resolves and evaluates both and then calls the merge function on
6388 the result. Otherwise, it reports an ambiguity.
6389
6390 It is possible to use a data structure for the @acronym{GLR} parsing tree that
6391 permits the processing of any @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar in linear time (in the
6392 size of the input), any unambiguous (not necessarily
6393 @acronym{LALR}(1)) grammar in
6394 quadratic worst-case time, and any general (possibly ambiguous)
6395 context-free grammar in cubic worst-case time. However, Bison currently
6396 uses a simpler data structure that requires time proportional to the
6397 length of the input times the maximum number of stacks required for any
6398 prefix of the input. Thus, really ambiguous or nondeterministic
6399 grammars can require exponential time and space to process. Such badly
6400 behaving examples, however, are not generally of practical interest.
6401 Usually, nondeterminism in a grammar is local---the parser is ``in
6402 doubt'' only for a few tokens at a time. Therefore, the current data
6403 structure should generally be adequate. On @acronym{LALR}(1) portions of a
6404 grammar, in particular, it is only slightly slower than with the default
6405 Bison parser.
6406
6407 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{GLR} parsers, please see: Elizabeth
6408 Scott, Adrian Johnstone and Shamsa Sadaf Hussain, Tomita-Style
6409 Generalised @acronym{LR} Parsers, Royal Holloway, University of
6410 London, Department of Computer Science, TR-00-12,
6411 @uref{http://www.cs.rhul.ac.uk/research/languages/publications/tomita_style_1.ps},
6412 (2000-12-24).
6413
6414 @node Memory Management
6415 @section Memory Management, and How to Avoid Memory Exhaustion
6416 @cindex memory exhaustion
6417 @cindex memory management
6418 @cindex stack overflow
6419 @cindex parser stack overflow
6420 @cindex overflow of parser stack
6421
6422 The Bison parser stack can run out of memory if too many tokens are shifted and
6423 not reduced. When this happens, the parser function @code{yyparse}
6424 calls @code{yyerror} and then returns 2.
6425
6426 Because Bison parsers have growing stacks, hitting the upper limit
6427 usually results from using a right recursion instead of a left
6428 recursion, @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
6429
6430 @vindex YYMAXDEPTH
6431 By defining the macro @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, you can control how deep the
6432 parser stack can become before memory is exhausted. Define the
6433 macro with a value that is an integer. This value is the maximum number
6434 of tokens that can be shifted (and not reduced) before overflow.
6435
6436 The stack space allowed is not necessarily allocated. If you specify a
6437 large value for @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, the parser normally allocates a small
6438 stack at first, and then makes it bigger by stages as needed. This
6439 increasing allocation happens automatically and silently. Therefore,
6440 you do not need to make @code{YYMAXDEPTH} painfully small merely to save
6441 space for ordinary inputs that do not need much stack.
6442
6443 However, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be a value so large that
6444 arithmetic overflow could occur when calculating the size of the stack
6445 space. Also, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be less than
6446 @code{YYINITDEPTH}.
6447
6448 @cindex default stack limit
6449 The default value of @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, if you do not define it, is
6450 10000.
6451
6452 @vindex YYINITDEPTH
6453 You can control how much stack is allocated initially by defining the
6454 macro @code{YYINITDEPTH} to a positive integer. For the C
6455 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser, this value must be a compile-time constant
6456 unless you are assuming C99 or some other target language or compiler
6457 that allows variable-length arrays. The default is 200.
6458
6459 Do not allow @code{YYINITDEPTH} to be greater than @code{YYMAXDEPTH}.
6460
6461 @c FIXME: C++ output.
6462 Because of semantical differences between C and C++, the
6463 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers in C produced by Bison cannot grow when compiled
6464 by C++ compilers. In this precise case (compiling a C parser as C++) you are
6465 suggested to grow @code{YYINITDEPTH}. The Bison maintainers hope to fix
6466 this deficiency in a future release.
6467
6468 @node Error Recovery
6469 @chapter Error Recovery
6470 @cindex error recovery
6471 @cindex recovery from errors
6472
6473 It is not usually acceptable to have a program terminate on a syntax
6474 error. For example, a compiler should recover sufficiently to parse the
6475 rest of the input file and check it for errors; a calculator should accept
6476 another expression.
6477
6478 In a simple interactive command parser where each input is one line, it may
6479 be sufficient to allow @code{yyparse} to return 1 on error and have the
6480 caller ignore the rest of the input line when that happens (and then call
6481 @code{yyparse} again). But this is inadequate for a compiler, because it
6482 forgets all the syntactic context leading up to the error. A syntax error
6483 deep within a function in the compiler input should not cause the compiler
6484 to treat the following line like the beginning of a source file.
6485
6486 @findex error
6487 You can define how to recover from a syntax error by writing rules to
6488 recognize the special token @code{error}. This is a terminal symbol that
6489 is always defined (you need not declare it) and reserved for error
6490 handling. The Bison parser generates an @code{error} token whenever a
6491 syntax error happens; if you have provided a rule to recognize this token
6492 in the current context, the parse can continue.
6493
6494 For example:
6495
6496 @example
6497 stmnts: /* empty string */
6498 | stmnts '\n'
6499 | stmnts exp '\n'
6500 | stmnts error '\n'
6501 @end example
6502
6503 The fourth rule in this example says that an error followed by a newline
6504 makes a valid addition to any @code{stmnts}.
6505
6506 What happens if a syntax error occurs in the middle of an @code{exp}? The
6507 error recovery rule, interpreted strictly, applies to the precise sequence
6508 of a @code{stmnts}, an @code{error} and a newline. If an error occurs in
6509 the middle of an @code{exp}, there will probably be some additional tokens
6510 and subexpressions on the stack after the last @code{stmnts}, and there
6511 will be tokens to read before the next newline. So the rule is not
6512 applicable in the ordinary way.
6513
6514 But Bison can force the situation to fit the rule, by discarding part of
6515 the semantic context and part of the input. First it discards states
6516 and objects from the stack until it gets back to a state in which the
6517 @code{error} token is acceptable. (This means that the subexpressions
6518 already parsed are discarded, back to the last complete @code{stmnts}.)
6519 At this point the @code{error} token can be shifted. Then, if the old
6520 lookahead token is not acceptable to be shifted next, the parser reads
6521 tokens and discards them until it finds a token which is acceptable. In
6522 this example, Bison reads and discards input until the next newline so
6523 that the fourth rule can apply. Note that discarded symbols are
6524 possible sources of memory leaks, see @ref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
6525 Discarded Symbols}, for a means to reclaim this memory.
6526
6527 The choice of error rules in the grammar is a choice of strategies for
6528 error recovery. A simple and useful strategy is simply to skip the rest of
6529 the current input line or current statement if an error is detected:
6530
6531 @example
6532 stmnt: error ';' /* On error, skip until ';' is read. */
6533 @end example
6534
6535 It is also useful to recover to the matching close-delimiter of an
6536 opening-delimiter that has already been parsed. Otherwise the
6537 close-delimiter will probably appear to be unmatched, and generate another,
6538 spurious error message:
6539
6540 @example
6541 primary: '(' expr ')'
6542 | '(' error ')'
6543 @dots{}
6544 ;
6545 @end example
6546
6547 Error recovery strategies are necessarily guesses. When they guess wrong,
6548 one syntax error often leads to another. In the above example, the error
6549 recovery rule guesses that an error is due to bad input within one
6550 @code{stmnt}. Suppose that instead a spurious semicolon is inserted in the
6551 middle of a valid @code{stmnt}. After the error recovery rule recovers
6552 from the first error, another syntax error will be found straightaway,
6553 since the text following the spurious semicolon is also an invalid
6554 @code{stmnt}.
6555
6556 To prevent an outpouring of error messages, the parser will output no error
6557 message for another syntax error that happens shortly after the first; only
6558 after three consecutive input tokens have been successfully shifted will
6559 error messages resume.
6560
6561 Note that rules which accept the @code{error} token may have actions, just
6562 as any other rules can.
6563
6564 @findex yyerrok
6565 You can make error messages resume immediately by using the macro
6566 @code{yyerrok} in an action. If you do this in the error rule's action, no
6567 error messages will be suppressed. This macro requires no arguments;
6568 @samp{yyerrok;} is a valid C statement.
6569
6570 @findex yyclearin
6571 The previous lookahead token is reanalyzed immediately after an error. If
6572 this is unacceptable, then the macro @code{yyclearin} may be used to clear
6573 this token. Write the statement @samp{yyclearin;} in the error rule's
6574 action.
6575 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
6576
6577 For example, suppose that on a syntax error, an error handling routine is
6578 called that advances the input stream to some point where parsing should
6579 once again commence. The next symbol returned by the lexical scanner is
6580 probably correct. The previous lookahead token ought to be discarded
6581 with @samp{yyclearin;}.
6582
6583 @vindex YYRECOVERING
6584 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
6585 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
6586 Syntax error diagnostics are suppressed while recovering from a syntax
6587 error.
6588
6589 @node Context Dependency
6590 @chapter Handling Context Dependencies
6591
6592 The Bison paradigm is to parse tokens first, then group them into larger
6593 syntactic units. In many languages, the meaning of a token is affected by
6594 its context. Although this violates the Bison paradigm, certain techniques
6595 (known as @dfn{kludges}) may enable you to write Bison parsers for such
6596 languages.
6597
6598 @menu
6599 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
6600 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
6601 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
6602 error recovery rules must be written.
6603 @end menu
6604
6605 (Actually, ``kludge'' means any technique that gets its job done but is
6606 neither clean nor robust.)
6607
6608 @node Semantic Tokens
6609 @section Semantic Info in Token Types
6610
6611 The C language has a context dependency: the way an identifier is used
6612 depends on what its current meaning is. For example, consider this:
6613
6614 @example
6615 foo (x);
6616 @end example
6617
6618 This looks like a function call statement, but if @code{foo} is a typedef
6619 name, then this is actually a declaration of @code{x}. How can a Bison
6620 parser for C decide how to parse this input?
6621
6622 The method used in @acronym{GNU} C is to have two different token types,
6623 @code{IDENTIFIER} and @code{TYPENAME}. When @code{yylex} finds an
6624 identifier, it looks up the current declaration of the identifier in order
6625 to decide which token type to return: @code{TYPENAME} if the identifier is
6626 declared as a typedef, @code{IDENTIFIER} otherwise.
6627
6628 The grammar rules can then express the context dependency by the choice of
6629 token type to recognize. @code{IDENTIFIER} is accepted as an expression,
6630 but @code{TYPENAME} is not. @code{TYPENAME} can start a declaration, but
6631 @code{IDENTIFIER} cannot. In contexts where the meaning of the identifier
6632 is @emph{not} significant, such as in declarations that can shadow a
6633 typedef name, either @code{TYPENAME} or @code{IDENTIFIER} is
6634 accepted---there is one rule for each of the two token types.
6635
6636 This technique is simple to use if the decision of which kinds of
6637 identifiers to allow is made at a place close to where the identifier is
6638 parsed. But in C this is not always so: C allows a declaration to
6639 redeclare a typedef name provided an explicit type has been specified
6640 earlier:
6641
6642 @example
6643 typedef int foo, bar;
6644 int baz (void)
6645 @{
6646 static bar (bar); /* @r{redeclare @code{bar} as static variable} */
6647 extern foo foo (foo); /* @r{redeclare @code{foo} as function} */
6648 return foo (bar);
6649 @}
6650 @end example
6651
6652 Unfortunately, the name being declared is separated from the declaration
6653 construct itself by a complicated syntactic structure---the ``declarator''.
6654
6655 As a result, part of the Bison parser for C needs to be duplicated, with
6656 all the nonterminal names changed: once for parsing a declaration in
6657 which a typedef name can be redefined, and once for parsing a
6658 declaration in which that can't be done. Here is a part of the
6659 duplication, with actions omitted for brevity:
6660
6661 @example
6662 initdcl:
6663 declarator maybeasm '='
6664 init
6665 | declarator maybeasm
6666 ;
6667
6668 notype_initdcl:
6669 notype_declarator maybeasm '='
6670 init
6671 | notype_declarator maybeasm
6672 ;
6673 @end example
6674
6675 @noindent
6676 Here @code{initdcl} can redeclare a typedef name, but @code{notype_initdcl}
6677 cannot. The distinction between @code{declarator} and
6678 @code{notype_declarator} is the same sort of thing.
6679
6680 There is some similarity between this technique and a lexical tie-in
6681 (described next), in that information which alters the lexical analysis is
6682 changed during parsing by other parts of the program. The difference is
6683 here the information is global, and is used for other purposes in the
6684 program. A true lexical tie-in has a special-purpose flag controlled by
6685 the syntactic context.
6686
6687 @node Lexical Tie-ins
6688 @section Lexical Tie-ins
6689 @cindex lexical tie-in
6690
6691 One way to handle context-dependency is the @dfn{lexical tie-in}: a flag
6692 which is set by Bison actions, whose purpose is to alter the way tokens are
6693 parsed.
6694
6695 For example, suppose we have a language vaguely like C, but with a special
6696 construct @samp{hex (@var{hex-expr})}. After the keyword @code{hex} comes
6697 an expression in parentheses in which all integers are hexadecimal. In
6698 particular, the token @samp{a1b} must be treated as an integer rather than
6699 as an identifier if it appears in that context. Here is how you can do it:
6700
6701 @example
6702 @group
6703 %@{
6704 int hexflag;
6705 int yylex (void);
6706 void yyerror (char const *);
6707 %@}
6708 %%
6709 @dots{}
6710 @end group
6711 @group
6712 expr: IDENTIFIER
6713 | constant
6714 | HEX '('
6715 @{ hexflag = 1; @}
6716 expr ')'
6717 @{ hexflag = 0;
6718 $$ = $4; @}
6719 | expr '+' expr
6720 @{ $$ = make_sum ($1, $3); @}
6721 @dots{}
6722 ;
6723 @end group
6724
6725 @group
6726 constant:
6727 INTEGER
6728 | STRING
6729 ;
6730 @end group
6731 @end example
6732
6733 @noindent
6734 Here we assume that @code{yylex} looks at the value of @code{hexflag}; when
6735 it is nonzero, all integers are parsed in hexadecimal, and tokens starting
6736 with letters are parsed as integers if possible.
6737
6738 The declaration of @code{hexflag} shown in the prologue of the parser file
6739 is needed to make it accessible to the actions (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}).
6740 You must also write the code in @code{yylex} to obey the flag.
6741
6742 @node Tie-in Recovery
6743 @section Lexical Tie-ins and Error Recovery
6744
6745 Lexical tie-ins make strict demands on any error recovery rules you have.
6746 @xref{Error Recovery}.
6747
6748 The reason for this is that the purpose of an error recovery rule is to
6749 abort the parsing of one construct and resume in some larger construct.
6750 For example, in C-like languages, a typical error recovery rule is to skip
6751 tokens until the next semicolon, and then start a new statement, like this:
6752
6753 @example
6754 stmt: expr ';'
6755 | IF '(' expr ')' stmt @{ @dots{} @}
6756 @dots{}
6757 error ';'
6758 @{ hexflag = 0; @}
6759 ;
6760 @end example
6761
6762 If there is a syntax error in the middle of a @samp{hex (@var{expr})}
6763 construct, this error rule will apply, and then the action for the
6764 completed @samp{hex (@var{expr})} will never run. So @code{hexflag} would
6765 remain set for the entire rest of the input, or until the next @code{hex}
6766 keyword, causing identifiers to be misinterpreted as integers.
6767
6768 To avoid this problem the error recovery rule itself clears @code{hexflag}.
6769
6770 There may also be an error recovery rule that works within expressions.
6771 For example, there could be a rule which applies within parentheses
6772 and skips to the close-parenthesis:
6773
6774 @example
6775 @group
6776 expr: @dots{}
6777 | '(' expr ')'
6778 @{ $$ = $2; @}
6779 | '(' error ')'
6780 @dots{}
6781 @end group
6782 @end example
6783
6784 If this rule acts within the @code{hex} construct, it is not going to abort
6785 that construct (since it applies to an inner level of parentheses within
6786 the construct). Therefore, it should not clear the flag: the rest of
6787 the @code{hex} construct should be parsed with the flag still in effect.
6788
6789 What if there is an error recovery rule which might abort out of the
6790 @code{hex} construct or might not, depending on circumstances? There is no
6791 way you can write the action to determine whether a @code{hex} construct is
6792 being aborted or not. So if you are using a lexical tie-in, you had better
6793 make sure your error recovery rules are not of this kind. Each rule must
6794 be such that you can be sure that it always will, or always won't, have to
6795 clear the flag.
6796
6797 @c ================================================== Debugging Your Parser
6798
6799 @node Debugging
6800 @chapter Debugging Your Parser
6801
6802 Developing a parser can be a challenge, especially if you don't
6803 understand the algorithm (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser
6804 Algorithm}). Even so, sometimes a detailed description of the automaton
6805 can help (@pxref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}), or
6806 tracing the execution of the parser can give some insight on why it
6807 behaves improperly (@pxref{Tracing, , Tracing Your Parser}).
6808
6809 @menu
6810 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
6811 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
6812 @end menu
6813
6814 @node Understanding
6815 @section Understanding Your Parser
6816
6817 As documented elsewhere (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm})
6818 Bison parsers are @dfn{shift/reduce automata}. In some cases (much more
6819 frequent than one would hope), looking at this automaton is required to
6820 tune or simply fix a parser. Bison provides two different
6821 representation of it, either textually or graphically (as a DOT file).
6822
6823 The textual file is generated when the options @option{--report} or
6824 @option{--verbose} are specified, see @xref{Invocation, , Invoking
6825 Bison}. Its name is made by removing @samp{.tab.c} or @samp{.c} from
6826 the parser output file name, and adding @samp{.output} instead.
6827 Therefore, if the input file is @file{foo.y}, then the parser file is
6828 called @file{foo.tab.c} by default. As a consequence, the verbose
6829 output file is called @file{foo.output}.
6830
6831 The following grammar file, @file{calc.y}, will be used in the sequel:
6832
6833 @example
6834 %token NUM STR
6835 %left '+' '-'
6836 %left '*'
6837 %%
6838 exp: exp '+' exp
6839 | exp '-' exp
6840 | exp '*' exp
6841 | exp '/' exp
6842 | NUM
6843 ;
6844 useless: STR;
6845 %%
6846 @end example
6847
6848 @command{bison} reports:
6849
6850 @example
6851 calc.y: warning: 1 useless nonterminal and 1 useless rule
6852 calc.y:11.1-7: warning: useless nonterminal: useless
6853 calc.y:11.10-12: warning: useless rule: useless: STR
6854 calc.y: conflicts: 7 shift/reduce
6855 @end example
6856
6857 When given @option{--report=state}, in addition to @file{calc.tab.c}, it
6858 creates a file @file{calc.output} with contents detailed below. The
6859 order of the output and the exact presentation might vary, but the
6860 interpretation is the same.
6861
6862 The first section includes details on conflicts that were solved thanks
6863 to precedence and/or associativity:
6864
6865 @example
6866 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '+' resolved as reduce.
6867 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '-' resolved as reduce.
6868 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '*' resolved as shift.
6869 @exdent @dots{}
6870 @end example
6871
6872 @noindent
6873 The next section lists states that still have conflicts.
6874
6875 @example
6876 State 8 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6877 State 9 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6878 State 10 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6879 State 11 conflicts: 4 shift/reduce
6880 @end example
6881
6882 @noindent
6883 @cindex token, useless
6884 @cindex useless token
6885 @cindex nonterminal, useless
6886 @cindex useless nonterminal
6887 @cindex rule, useless
6888 @cindex useless rule
6889 The next section reports useless tokens, nonterminal and rules. Useless
6890 nonterminals and rules are removed in order to produce a smaller parser,
6891 but useless tokens are preserved, since they might be used by the
6892 scanner (note the difference between ``useless'' and ``not used''
6893 below):
6894
6895 @example
6896 Useless nonterminals:
6897 useless
6898
6899 Terminals which are not used:
6900 STR
6901
6902 Useless rules:
6903 #6 useless: STR;
6904 @end example
6905
6906 @noindent
6907 The next section reproduces the exact grammar that Bison used:
6908
6909 @example
6910 Grammar
6911
6912 Number, Line, Rule
6913 0 5 $accept -> exp $end
6914 1 5 exp -> exp '+' exp
6915 2 6 exp -> exp '-' exp
6916 3 7 exp -> exp '*' exp
6917 4 8 exp -> exp '/' exp
6918 5 9 exp -> NUM
6919 @end example
6920
6921 @noindent
6922 and reports the uses of the symbols:
6923
6924 @example
6925 Terminals, with rules where they appear
6926
6927 $end (0) 0
6928 '*' (42) 3
6929 '+' (43) 1
6930 '-' (45) 2
6931 '/' (47) 4
6932 error (256)
6933 NUM (258) 5
6934
6935 Nonterminals, with rules where they appear
6936
6937 $accept (8)
6938 on left: 0
6939 exp (9)
6940 on left: 1 2 3 4 5, on right: 0 1 2 3 4
6941 @end example
6942
6943 @noindent
6944 @cindex item
6945 @cindex pointed rule
6946 @cindex rule, pointed
6947 Bison then proceeds onto the automaton itself, describing each state
6948 with it set of @dfn{items}, also known as @dfn{pointed rules}. Each
6949 item is a production rule together with a point (marked by @samp{.})
6950 that the input cursor.
6951
6952 @example
6953 state 0
6954
6955 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6956
6957 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6958
6959 exp go to state 2
6960 @end example
6961
6962 This reads as follows: ``state 0 corresponds to being at the very
6963 beginning of the parsing, in the initial rule, right before the start
6964 symbol (here, @code{exp}). When the parser returns to this state right
6965 after having reduced a rule that produced an @code{exp}, the control
6966 flow jumps to state 2. If there is no such transition on a nonterminal
6967 symbol, and the lookahead is a @code{NUM}, then this token is shifted on
6968 the parse stack, and the control flow jumps to state 1. Any other
6969 lookahead triggers a syntax error.''
6970
6971 @cindex core, item set
6972 @cindex item set core
6973 @cindex kernel, item set
6974 @cindex item set core
6975 Even though the only active rule in state 0 seems to be rule 0, the
6976 report lists @code{NUM} as a lookahead token because @code{NUM} can be
6977 at the beginning of any rule deriving an @code{exp}. By default Bison
6978 reports the so-called @dfn{core} or @dfn{kernel} of the item set, but if
6979 you want to see more detail you can invoke @command{bison} with
6980 @option{--report=itemset} to list all the items, include those that can
6981 be derived:
6982
6983 @example
6984 state 0
6985
6986 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6987 exp -> . exp '+' exp (rule 1)
6988 exp -> . exp '-' exp (rule 2)
6989 exp -> . exp '*' exp (rule 3)
6990 exp -> . exp '/' exp (rule 4)
6991 exp -> . NUM (rule 5)
6992
6993 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6994
6995 exp go to state 2
6996 @end example
6997
6998 @noindent
6999 In the state 1...
7000
7001 @example
7002 state 1
7003
7004 exp -> NUM . (rule 5)
7005
7006 $default reduce using rule 5 (exp)
7007 @end example
7008
7009 @noindent
7010 the rule 5, @samp{exp: NUM;}, is completed. Whatever the lookahead token
7011 (@samp{$default}), the parser will reduce it. If it was coming from
7012 state 0, then, after this reduction it will return to state 0, and will
7013 jump to state 2 (@samp{exp: go to state 2}).
7014
7015 @example
7016 state 2
7017
7018 $accept -> exp . $ (rule 0)
7019 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7020 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7021 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7022 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7023
7024 $ shift, and go to state 3
7025 '+' shift, and go to state 4
7026 '-' shift, and go to state 5
7027 '*' shift, and go to state 6
7028 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7029 @end example
7030
7031 @noindent
7032 In state 2, the automaton can only shift a symbol. For instance,
7033 because of the item @samp{exp -> exp . '+' exp}, if the lookahead if
7034 @samp{+}, it will be shifted on the parse stack, and the automaton
7035 control will jump to state 4, corresponding to the item @samp{exp -> exp
7036 '+' . exp}. Since there is no default action, any other token than
7037 those listed above will trigger a syntax error.
7038
7039 The state 3 is named the @dfn{final state}, or the @dfn{accepting
7040 state}:
7041
7042 @example
7043 state 3
7044
7045 $accept -> exp $ . (rule 0)
7046
7047 $default accept
7048 @end example
7049
7050 @noindent
7051 the initial rule is completed (the start symbol and the end
7052 of input were read), the parsing exits successfully.
7053
7054 The interpretation of states 4 to 7 is straightforward, and is left to
7055 the reader.
7056
7057 @example
7058 state 4
7059
7060 exp -> exp '+' . exp (rule 1)
7061
7062 NUM shift, and go to state 1
7063
7064 exp go to state 8
7065
7066 state 5
7067
7068 exp -> exp '-' . exp (rule 2)
7069
7070 NUM shift, and go to state 1
7071
7072 exp go to state 9
7073
7074 state 6
7075
7076 exp -> exp '*' . exp (rule 3)
7077
7078 NUM shift, and go to state 1
7079
7080 exp go to state 10
7081
7082 state 7
7083
7084 exp -> exp '/' . exp (rule 4)
7085
7086 NUM shift, and go to state 1
7087
7088 exp go to state 11
7089 @end example
7090
7091 As was announced in beginning of the report, @samp{State 8 conflicts:
7092 1 shift/reduce}:
7093
7094 @example
7095 state 8
7096
7097 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7098 exp -> exp '+' exp . (rule 1)
7099 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7100 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7101 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7102
7103 '*' shift, and go to state 6
7104 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7105
7106 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
7107 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
7108 @end example
7109
7110 Indeed, there are two actions associated to the lookahead @samp{/}:
7111 either shifting (and going to state 7), or reducing rule 1. The
7112 conflict means that either the grammar is ambiguous, or the parser lacks
7113 information to make the right decision. Indeed the grammar is
7114 ambiguous, as, since we did not specify the precedence of @samp{/}, the
7115 sentence @samp{NUM + NUM / NUM} can be parsed as @samp{NUM + (NUM /
7116 NUM)}, which corresponds to shifting @samp{/}, or as @samp{(NUM + NUM) /
7117 NUM}, which corresponds to reducing rule 1.
7118
7119 Because in @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing a single decision can be made, Bison
7120 arbitrarily chose to disable the reduction, see @ref{Shift/Reduce, ,
7121 Shift/Reduce Conflicts}. Discarded actions are reported in between
7122 square brackets.
7123
7124 Note that all the previous states had a single possible action: either
7125 shifting the next token and going to the corresponding state, or
7126 reducing a single rule. In the other cases, i.e., when shifting
7127 @emph{and} reducing is possible or when @emph{several} reductions are
7128 possible, the lookahead is required to select the action. State 8 is
7129 one such state: if the lookahead is @samp{*} or @samp{/} then the action
7130 is shifting, otherwise the action is reducing rule 1. In other words,
7131 the first two items, corresponding to rule 1, are not eligible when the
7132 lookahead token is @samp{*}, since we specified that @samp{*} has higher
7133 precedence than @samp{+}. More generally, some items are eligible only
7134 with some set of possible lookahead tokens. When run with
7135 @option{--report=lookahead}, Bison specifies these lookahead tokens:
7136
7137 @example
7138 state 8
7139
7140 exp -> exp . '+' exp [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
7141 exp -> exp '+' exp . [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
7142 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7143 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7144 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7145
7146 '*' shift, and go to state 6
7147 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7148
7149 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
7150 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
7151 @end example
7152
7153 The remaining states are similar:
7154
7155 @example
7156 state 9
7157
7158 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7159 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7160 exp -> exp '-' exp . (rule 2)
7161 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7162 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7163
7164 '*' shift, and go to state 6
7165 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7166
7167 '/' [reduce using rule 2 (exp)]
7168 $default reduce using rule 2 (exp)
7169
7170 state 10
7171
7172 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7173 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7174 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7175 exp -> exp '*' exp . (rule 3)
7176 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7177
7178 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7179
7180 '/' [reduce using rule 3 (exp)]
7181 $default reduce using rule 3 (exp)
7182
7183 state 11
7184
7185 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7186 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7187 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7188 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7189 exp -> exp '/' exp . (rule 4)
7190
7191 '+' shift, and go to state 4
7192 '-' shift, and go to state 5
7193 '*' shift, and go to state 6
7194 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7195
7196 '+' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
7197 '-' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
7198 '*' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
7199 '/' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
7200 $default reduce using rule 4 (exp)
7201 @end example
7202
7203 @noindent
7204 Observe that state 11 contains conflicts not only due to the lack of
7205 precedence of @samp{/} with respect to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, and
7206 @samp{*}, but also because the
7207 associativity of @samp{/} is not specified.
7208
7209
7210 @node Tracing
7211 @section Tracing Your Parser
7212 @findex yydebug
7213 @cindex debugging
7214 @cindex tracing the parser
7215
7216 If a Bison grammar compiles properly but doesn't do what you want when it
7217 runs, the @code{yydebug} parser-trace feature can help you figure out why.
7218
7219 There are several means to enable compilation of trace facilities:
7220
7221 @table @asis
7222 @item the macro @code{YYDEBUG}
7223 @findex YYDEBUG
7224 Define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value when you compile the
7225 parser. This is compliant with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc. You could use
7226 @samp{-DYYDEBUG=1} as a compiler option or you could put @samp{#define
7227 YYDEBUG 1} in the prologue of the grammar file (@pxref{Prologue, , The
7228 Prologue}).
7229
7230 @item the option @option{-t}, @option{--debug}
7231 Use the @samp{-t} option when you run Bison (@pxref{Invocation,
7232 ,Invoking Bison}). This is @acronym{POSIX} compliant too.
7233
7234 @item the directive @samp{%debug}
7235 @findex %debug
7236 Add the @code{%debug} directive (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,Bison
7237 Declaration Summary}). This is a Bison extension, which will prove
7238 useful when Bison will output parsers for languages that don't use a
7239 preprocessor. Unless @acronym{POSIX} and Yacc portability matter to
7240 you, this is
7241 the preferred solution.
7242 @end table
7243
7244 We suggest that you always enable the debug option so that debugging is
7245 always possible.
7246
7247 The trace facility outputs messages with macro calls of the form
7248 @code{YYFPRINTF (stderr, @var{format}, @var{args})} where
7249 @var{format} and @var{args} are the usual @code{printf} format and variadic
7250 arguments. If you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value but do not
7251 define @code{YYFPRINTF}, @code{<stdio.h>} is automatically included
7252 and @code{YYFPRINTF} is defined to @code{fprintf}.
7253
7254 Once you have compiled the program with trace facilities, the way to
7255 request a trace is to store a nonzero value in the variable @code{yydebug}.
7256 You can do this by making the C code do it (in @code{main}, perhaps), or
7257 you can alter the value with a C debugger.
7258
7259 Each step taken by the parser when @code{yydebug} is nonzero produces a
7260 line or two of trace information, written on @code{stderr}. The trace
7261 messages tell you these things:
7262
7263 @itemize @bullet
7264 @item
7265 Each time the parser calls @code{yylex}, what kind of token was read.
7266
7267 @item
7268 Each time a token is shifted, the depth and complete contents of the
7269 state stack (@pxref{Parser States}).
7270
7271 @item
7272 Each time a rule is reduced, which rule it is, and the complete contents
7273 of the state stack afterward.
7274 @end itemize
7275
7276 To make sense of this information, it helps to refer to the listing file
7277 produced by the Bison @samp{-v} option (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking
7278 Bison}). This file shows the meaning of each state in terms of
7279 positions in various rules, and also what each state will do with each
7280 possible input token. As you read the successive trace messages, you
7281 can see that the parser is functioning according to its specification in
7282 the listing file. Eventually you will arrive at the place where
7283 something undesirable happens, and you will see which parts of the
7284 grammar are to blame.
7285
7286 The parser file is a C program and you can use C debuggers on it, but it's
7287 not easy to interpret what it is doing. The parser function is a
7288 finite-state machine interpreter, and aside from the actions it executes
7289 the same code over and over. Only the values of variables show where in
7290 the grammar it is working.
7291
7292 @findex YYPRINT
7293 The debugging information normally gives the token type of each token
7294 read, but not its semantic value. You can optionally define a macro
7295 named @code{YYPRINT} to provide a way to print the value. If you define
7296 @code{YYPRINT}, it should take three arguments. The parser will pass a
7297 standard I/O stream, the numeric code for the token type, and the token
7298 value (from @code{yylval}).
7299
7300 Here is an example of @code{YYPRINT} suitable for the multi-function
7301 calculator (@pxref{Mfcalc Decl, ,Declarations for @code{mfcalc}}):
7302
7303 @smallexample
7304 %@{
7305 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
7306 #define YYPRINT(file, type, value) print_token_value (file, type, value)
7307 %@}
7308
7309 @dots{} %% @dots{} %% @dots{}
7310
7311 static void
7312 print_token_value (FILE *file, int type, YYSTYPE value)
7313 @{
7314 if (type == VAR)
7315 fprintf (file, "%s", value.tptr->name);
7316 else if (type == NUM)
7317 fprintf (file, "%d", value.val);
7318 @}
7319 @end smallexample
7320
7321 @c ================================================= Invoking Bison
7322
7323 @node Invocation
7324 @chapter Invoking Bison
7325 @cindex invoking Bison
7326 @cindex Bison invocation
7327 @cindex options for invoking Bison
7328
7329 The usual way to invoke Bison is as follows:
7330
7331 @example
7332 bison @var{infile}
7333 @end example
7334
7335 Here @var{infile} is the grammar file name, which usually ends in
7336 @samp{.y}. The parser file's name is made by replacing the @samp{.y}
7337 with @samp{.tab.c} and removing any leading directory. Thus, the
7338 @samp{bison foo.y} file name yields
7339 @file{foo.tab.c}, and the @samp{bison hack/foo.y} file name yields
7340 @file{foo.tab.c}. It's also possible, in case you are writing
7341 C++ code instead of C in your grammar file, to name it @file{foo.ypp}
7342 or @file{foo.y++}. Then, the output files will take an extension like
7343 the given one as input (respectively @file{foo.tab.cpp} and
7344 @file{foo.tab.c++}).
7345 This feature takes effect with all options that manipulate file names like
7346 @samp{-o} or @samp{-d}.
7347
7348 For example :
7349
7350 @example
7351 bison -d @var{infile.yxx}
7352 @end example
7353 @noindent
7354 will produce @file{infile.tab.cxx} and @file{infile.tab.hxx}, and
7355
7356 @example
7357 bison -d -o @var{output.c++} @var{infile.y}
7358 @end example
7359 @noindent
7360 will produce @file{output.c++} and @file{outfile.h++}.
7361
7362 For compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}, the standard Bison
7363 distribution also contains a shell script called @command{yacc} that
7364 invokes Bison with the @option{-y} option.
7365
7366 @menu
7367 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
7368 in alphabetical order by short options.
7369 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
7370 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
7371 @end menu
7372
7373 @node Bison Options
7374 @section Bison Options
7375
7376 Bison supports both traditional single-letter options and mnemonic long
7377 option names. Long option names are indicated with @samp{--} instead of
7378 @samp{-}. Abbreviations for option names are allowed as long as they
7379 are unique. When a long option takes an argument, like
7380 @samp{--file-prefix}, connect the option name and the argument with
7381 @samp{=}.
7382
7383 Here is a list of options that can be used with Bison, alphabetized by
7384 short option. It is followed by a cross key alphabetized by long
7385 option.
7386
7387 @c Please, keep this ordered as in `bison --help'.
7388 @noindent
7389 Operations modes:
7390 @table @option
7391 @item -h
7392 @itemx --help
7393 Print a summary of the command-line options to Bison and exit.
7394
7395 @item -V
7396 @itemx --version
7397 Print the version number of Bison and exit.
7398
7399 @item --print-localedir
7400 Print the name of the directory containing locale-dependent data.
7401
7402 @item -y
7403 @itemx --yacc
7404 Act more like the traditional Yacc command. This can cause
7405 different diagnostics to be generated, and may change behavior in
7406 other minor ways. Most importantly, imitate Yacc's output
7407 file name conventions, so that the parser output file is called
7408 @file{y.tab.c}, and the other outputs are called @file{y.output} and
7409 @file{y.tab.h}.
7410 Also, if generating an @acronym{LALR}(1) parser in C, generate @code{#define}
7411 statements in addition to an @code{enum} to associate token numbers with token
7412 names.
7413 Thus, the following shell script can substitute for Yacc, and the Bison
7414 distribution contains such a script for compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}:
7415
7416 @example
7417 #! /bin/sh
7418 bison -y "$@@"
7419 @end example
7420
7421 The @option{-y}/@option{--yacc} option is intended for use with
7422 traditional Yacc grammars. If your grammar uses a Bison extension
7423 like @samp{%glr-parser}, Bison might not be Yacc-compatible even if
7424 this option is specified.
7425
7426 @end table
7427
7428 @noindent
7429 Tuning the parser:
7430
7431 @table @option
7432 @item -t
7433 @itemx --debug
7434 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
7435 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
7436 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
7437
7438 @item -L @var{language}
7439 @itemx --language=@var{language}
7440 Specify the programming language for the generated parser, as if
7441 @code{%language} was specified (@pxref{Decl Summary, , Bison Declaration
7442 Summary}). Currently supported languages include C and C++.
7443 @var{language} is case-insensitive.
7444
7445 @item --locations
7446 Pretend that @code{%locations} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7447
7448 @item -p @var{prefix}
7449 @itemx --name-prefix=@var{prefix}
7450 Pretend that @code{%name-prefix "@var{prefix}"} was specified.
7451 @xref{Decl Summary}.
7452
7453 @item -l
7454 @itemx --no-lines
7455 Don't put any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser file.
7456 Ordinarily Bison puts them in the parser file so that the C compiler
7457 and debuggers will associate errors with your source file, the
7458 grammar file. This option causes them to associate errors with the
7459 parser file, treating it as an independent source file in its own right.
7460
7461 @item -S @var{file}
7462 @itemx --skeleton=@var{file}
7463 Specify the skeleton to use, similar to @code{%skeleton}
7464 (@pxref{Decl Summary, , Bison Declaration Summary}).
7465
7466 You probably don't need this option unless you are developing Bison.
7467 You should use @option{--language} if you want to specify the skeleton for a
7468 different language, because it is clearer and because it will always
7469 choose the correct skeleton for non-deterministic or push parsers.
7470
7471 If @var{file} does not contain a @code{/}, @var{file} is the name of a skeleton
7472 file in the Bison installation directory.
7473 If it does, @var{file} is an absolute file name or a file name relative to the
7474 current working directory.
7475 This is similar to how most shells resolve commands.
7476
7477 @item -k
7478 @itemx --token-table
7479 Pretend that @code{%token-table} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7480 @end table
7481
7482 @noindent
7483 Adjust the output:
7484
7485 @table @option
7486 @item -d
7487 @itemx --defines
7488 Pretend that @code{%defines} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
7489 file containing macro definitions for the token type names defined in
7490 the grammar, as well as a few other declarations. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7491
7492 @item --defines=@var{defines-file}
7493 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
7494
7495 @item -b @var{file-prefix}
7496 @itemx --file-prefix=@var{prefix}
7497 Pretend that @code{%file-prefix} was specified, i.e., specify prefix to use
7498 for all Bison output file names. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7499
7500 @item -r @var{things}
7501 @itemx --report=@var{things}
7502 Write an extra output file containing verbose description of the comma
7503 separated list of @var{things} among:
7504
7505 @table @code
7506 @item state
7507 Description of the grammar, conflicts (resolved and unresolved), and
7508 @acronym{LALR} automaton.
7509
7510 @item lookahead
7511 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
7512 each rule's lookahead set.
7513
7514 @item itemset
7515 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
7516 the full set of items for each state, instead of its core only.
7517 @end table
7518
7519 @item -v
7520 @itemx --verbose
7521 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
7522 file containing verbose descriptions of the grammar and
7523 parser. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7524
7525 @item -o @var{file}
7526 @itemx --output=@var{file}
7527 Specify the @var{file} for the parser file.
7528
7529 The other output files' names are constructed from @var{file} as
7530 described under the @samp{-v} and @samp{-d} options.
7531
7532 @item -g
7533 Output a graphical representation of the @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar
7534 automaton computed by Bison, in @uref{http://www.graphviz.org/, Graphviz}
7535 @uref{http://www.graphviz.org/doc/info/lang.html, @acronym{DOT}} format.
7536 If the grammar file is @file{foo.y}, the output file will
7537 be @file{foo.dot}.
7538
7539 @item --graph=@var{graph-file}
7540 The behavior of @var{--graph} is the same than @samp{-g}. The only
7541 difference is that it has an optional argument which is the name of
7542 the output graph file.
7543 @end table
7544
7545 @node Option Cross Key
7546 @section Option Cross Key
7547
7548 @c FIXME: How about putting the directives too?
7549 Here is a list of options, alphabetized by long option, to help you find
7550 the corresponding short option.
7551
7552 @multitable {@option{--defines=@var{defines-file}}} {@option{-b @var{file-prefix}XXX}}
7553 @headitem Long Option @tab Short Option
7554 @item @option{--debug} @tab @option{-t}
7555 @item @option{--defines=@var{defines-file}} @tab @option{-d}
7556 @item @option{--file-prefix=@var{prefix}} @tab @option{-b @var{file-prefix}}
7557 @item @option{--graph=@var{graph-file}} @tab @option{-d}
7558 @item @option{--help} @tab @option{-h}
7559 @item @option{--name-prefix=@var{prefix}} @tab @option{-p @var{name-prefix}}
7560 @item @option{--no-lines} @tab @option{-l}
7561 @item @option{--output=@var{outfile}} @tab @option{-o @var{outfile}}
7562 @item @option{--print-localedir} @tab
7563 @item @option{--token-table} @tab @option{-k}
7564 @item @option{--verbose} @tab @option{-v}
7565 @item @option{--version} @tab @option{-V}
7566 @item @option{--yacc} @tab @option{-y}
7567 @end multitable
7568
7569 @node Yacc Library
7570 @section Yacc Library
7571
7572 The Yacc library contains default implementations of the
7573 @code{yyerror} and @code{main} functions. These default
7574 implementations are normally not useful, but @acronym{POSIX} requires
7575 them. To use the Yacc library, link your program with the
7576 @option{-ly} option. Note that Bison's implementation of the Yacc
7577 library is distributed under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} General
7578 Public License (@pxref{Copying}).
7579
7580 If you use the Yacc library's @code{yyerror} function, you should
7581 declare @code{yyerror} as follows:
7582
7583 @example
7584 int yyerror (char const *);
7585 @end example
7586
7587 Bison ignores the @code{int} value returned by this @code{yyerror}.
7588 If you use the Yacc library's @code{main} function, your
7589 @code{yyparse} function should have the following type signature:
7590
7591 @example
7592 int yyparse (void);
7593 @end example
7594
7595 @c ================================================= C++ Bison
7596
7597 @node Other Languages
7598 @chapter Parsers Written In Other Languages
7599
7600 @menu
7601 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
7602 * Java Parsers:: The interface to generate Java parser classes
7603 @end menu
7604
7605 @node C++ Parsers
7606 @section C++ Parsers
7607
7608 @menu
7609 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
7610 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
7611 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
7612 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
7613 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
7614 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
7615 @end menu
7616
7617 @node C++ Bison Interface
7618 @subsection C++ Bison Interface
7619 @c - %language "C++"
7620 @c - Always pure
7621 @c - initial action
7622
7623 The C++ @acronym{LALR}(1) parser is selected using the language directive,
7624 @samp{%language "C++"}, or the synonymous command-line option
7625 @option{--language=c++}.
7626 @xref{Decl Summary}.
7627
7628 When run, @command{bison} will create several
7629 entities in the @samp{yy} namespace. Use the @samp{%name-prefix}
7630 directive to change the namespace name, see @ref{Decl Summary}. The
7631 various classes are generated in the following files:
7632
7633 @table @file
7634 @item position.hh
7635 @itemx location.hh
7636 The definition of the classes @code{position} and @code{location},
7637 used for location tracking. @xref{C++ Location Values}.
7638
7639 @item stack.hh
7640 An auxiliary class @code{stack} used by the parser.
7641
7642 @item @var{file}.hh
7643 @itemx @var{file}.cc
7644 (Assuming the extension of the input file was @samp{.yy}.) The
7645 declaration and implementation of the C++ parser class. The basename
7646 and extension of these two files follow the same rules as with regular C
7647 parsers (@pxref{Invocation}).
7648
7649 The header is @emph{mandatory}; you must either pass
7650 @option{-d}/@option{--defines} to @command{bison}, or use the
7651 @samp{%defines} directive.
7652 @end table
7653
7654 All these files are documented using Doxygen; run @command{doxygen}
7655 for a complete and accurate documentation.
7656
7657 @node C++ Semantic Values
7658 @subsection C++ Semantic Values
7659 @c - No objects in unions
7660 @c - YYSTYPE
7661 @c - Printer and destructor
7662
7663 The @code{%union} directive works as for C, see @ref{Union Decl, ,The
7664 Collection of Value Types}. In particular it produces a genuine
7665 @code{union}@footnote{In the future techniques to allow complex types
7666 within pseudo-unions (similar to Boost variants) might be implemented to
7667 alleviate these issues.}, which have a few specific features in C++.
7668 @itemize @minus
7669 @item
7670 The type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined but its use is discouraged: rather
7671 you should refer to the parser's encapsulated type
7672 @code{yy::parser::semantic_type}.
7673 @item
7674 Non POD (Plain Old Data) types cannot be used. C++ forbids any
7675 instance of classes with constructors in unions: only @emph{pointers}
7676 to such objects are allowed.
7677 @end itemize
7678
7679 Because objects have to be stored via pointers, memory is not
7680 reclaimed automatically: using the @code{%destructor} directive is the
7681 only means to avoid leaks. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded
7682 Symbols}.
7683
7684
7685 @node C++ Location Values
7686 @subsection C++ Location Values
7687 @c - %locations
7688 @c - class Position
7689 @c - class Location
7690 @c - %define filename_type "const symbol::Symbol"
7691
7692 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the C++ parser supports
7693 location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}. Two
7694 auxiliary classes define a @code{position}, a single point in a file,
7695 and a @code{location}, a range composed of a pair of
7696 @code{position}s (possibly spanning several files).
7697
7698 @deftypemethod {position} {std::string*} file
7699 The name of the file. It will always be handled as a pointer, the
7700 parser will never duplicate nor deallocate it. As an experimental
7701 feature you may change it to @samp{@var{type}*} using @samp{%define
7702 filename_type "@var{type}"}.
7703 @end deftypemethod
7704
7705 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} line
7706 The line, starting at 1.
7707 @end deftypemethod
7708
7709 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7710 Advance by @var{height} lines, resetting the column number.
7711 @end deftypemethod
7712
7713 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} column
7714 The column, starting at 0.
7715 @end deftypemethod
7716
7717 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7718 Advance by @var{width} columns, without changing the line number.
7719 @end deftypemethod
7720
7721 @deftypemethod {position} {position&} operator+= (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7722 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator+ (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7723 @deftypemethodx {position} {position&} operator-= (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7724 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator- (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7725 Various forms of syntactic sugar for @code{columns}.
7726 @end deftypemethod
7727
7728 @deftypemethod {position} {position} operator<< (std::ostream @var{o}, const position& @var{p})
7729 Report @var{p} on @var{o} like this:
7730 @samp{@var{file}:@var{line}.@var{column}}, or
7731 @samp{@var{line}.@var{column}} if @var{file} is null.
7732 @end deftypemethod
7733
7734 @deftypemethod {location} {position} begin
7735 @deftypemethodx {location} {position} end
7736 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
7737 @end deftypemethod
7738
7739 @deftypemethod {location} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7740 @deftypemethodx {location} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7741 Advance the @code{end} position.
7742 @end deftypemethod
7743
7744 @deftypemethod {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, const location& @var{end})
7745 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, int @var{width})
7746 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+= (const location& @var{loc}, int @var{width})
7747 Various forms of syntactic sugar.
7748 @end deftypemethod
7749
7750 @deftypemethod {location} {void} step ()
7751 Move @code{begin} onto @code{end}.
7752 @end deftypemethod
7753
7754
7755 @node C++ Parser Interface
7756 @subsection C++ Parser Interface
7757 @c - define parser_class_name
7758 @c - Ctor
7759 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
7760 @c debug_stream.
7761 @c - Reporting errors
7762
7763 The output files @file{@var{output}.hh} and @file{@var{output}.cc}
7764 declare and define the parser class in the namespace @code{yy}. The
7765 class name defaults to @code{parser}, but may be changed using
7766 @samp{%define parser_class_name "@var{name}"}. The interface of
7767 this class is detailed below. It can be extended using the
7768 @code{%parse-param} feature: its semantics is slightly changed since
7769 it describes an additional member of the parser class, and an
7770 additional argument for its constructor.
7771
7772 @defcv {Type} {parser} {semantic_value_type}
7773 @defcvx {Type} {parser} {location_value_type}
7774 The types for semantics value and locations.
7775 @end defcv
7776
7777 @deftypemethod {parser} {} parser (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7778 Build a new parser object. There are no arguments by default, unless
7779 @samp{%parse-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} was used.
7780 @end deftypemethod
7781
7782 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} parse ()
7783 Run the syntactic analysis, and return 0 on success, 1 otherwise.
7784 @end deftypemethod
7785
7786 @deftypemethod {parser} {std::ostream&} debug_stream ()
7787 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_stream (std::ostream& @var{o})
7788 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to
7789 @code{std::cerr}.
7790 @end deftypemethod
7791
7792 @deftypemethod {parser} {debug_level_type} debug_level ()
7793 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_level (debug_level @var{l})
7794 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
7795 or nonzero, full tracing.
7796 @end deftypemethod
7797
7798 @deftypemethod {parser} {void} error (const location_type& @var{l}, const std::string& @var{m})
7799 The definition for this member function must be supplied by the user:
7800 the parser uses it to report a parser error occurring at @var{l},
7801 described by @var{m}.
7802 @end deftypemethod
7803
7804
7805 @node C++ Scanner Interface
7806 @subsection C++ Scanner Interface
7807 @c - prefix for yylex.
7808 @c - Pure interface to yylex
7809 @c - %lex-param
7810
7811 The parser invokes the scanner by calling @code{yylex}. Contrary to C
7812 parsers, C++ parsers are always pure: there is no point in using the
7813 @code{%pure-parser} directive. Therefore the interface is as follows.
7814
7815 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} yylex (semantic_value_type& @var{yylval}, location_type& @var{yylloc}, @var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7816 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
7817 value and location being @var{yylval} and @var{yylloc}. Invocations of
7818 @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
7819 @end deftypemethod
7820
7821
7822 @node A Complete C++ Example
7823 @subsection A Complete C++ Example
7824
7825 This section demonstrates the use of a C++ parser with a simple but
7826 complete example. This example should be available on your system,
7827 ready to compile, in the directory @dfn{../bison/examples/calc++}. It
7828 focuses on the use of Bison, therefore the design of the various C++
7829 classes is very naive: no accessors, no encapsulation of members etc.
7830 We will use a Lex scanner, and more precisely, a Flex scanner, to
7831 demonstrate the various interaction. A hand written scanner is
7832 actually easier to interface with.
7833
7834 @menu
7835 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
7836 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
7837 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
7838 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
7839 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
7840 @end menu
7841
7842 @node Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7843 @subsubsection Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7844
7845 Of course the grammar is dedicated to arithmetics, a single
7846 expression, possibly preceded by variable assignments. An
7847 environment containing possibly predefined variables such as
7848 @code{one} and @code{two}, is exchanged with the parser. An example
7849 of valid input follows.
7850
7851 @example
7852 three := 3
7853 seven := one + two * three
7854 seven * seven
7855 @end example
7856
7857 @node Calc++ Parsing Driver
7858 @subsubsection Calc++ Parsing Driver
7859 @c - An env
7860 @c - A place to store error messages
7861 @c - A place for the result
7862
7863 To support a pure interface with the parser (and the scanner) the
7864 technique of the ``parsing context'' is convenient: a structure
7865 containing all the data to exchange. Since, in addition to simply
7866 launch the parsing, there are several auxiliary tasks to execute (open
7867 the file for parsing, instantiate the parser etc.), we recommend
7868 transforming the simple parsing context structure into a fully blown
7869 @dfn{parsing driver} class.
7870
7871 The declaration of this driver class, @file{calc++-driver.hh}, is as
7872 follows. The first part includes the CPP guard and imports the
7873 required standard library components, and the declaration of the parser
7874 class.
7875
7876 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7877 @example
7878 #ifndef CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7879 # define CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7880 # include <string>
7881 # include <map>
7882 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7883 @end example
7884
7885
7886 @noindent
7887 Then comes the declaration of the scanning function. Flex expects
7888 the signature of @code{yylex} to be defined in the macro
7889 @code{YY_DECL}, and the C++ parser expects it to be declared. We can
7890 factor both as follows.
7891
7892 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7893 @example
7894 // Tell Flex the lexer's prototype ...
7895 # define YY_DECL \
7896 yy::calcxx_parser::token_type \
7897 yylex (yy::calcxx_parser::semantic_type* yylval, \
7898 yy::calcxx_parser::location_type* yylloc, \
7899 calcxx_driver& driver)
7900 // ... and declare it for the parser's sake.
7901 YY_DECL;
7902 @end example
7903
7904 @noindent
7905 The @code{calcxx_driver} class is then declared with its most obvious
7906 members.
7907
7908 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7909 @example
7910 // Conducting the whole scanning and parsing of Calc++.
7911 class calcxx_driver
7912 @{
7913 public:
7914 calcxx_driver ();
7915 virtual ~calcxx_driver ();
7916
7917 std::map<std::string, int> variables;
7918
7919 int result;
7920 @end example
7921
7922 @noindent
7923 To encapsulate the coordination with the Flex scanner, it is useful to
7924 have two members function to open and close the scanning phase.
7925
7926 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7927 @example
7928 // Handling the scanner.
7929 void scan_begin ();
7930 void scan_end ();
7931 bool trace_scanning;
7932 @end example
7933
7934 @noindent
7935 Similarly for the parser itself.
7936
7937 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7938 @example
7939 // Run the parser. Return 0 on success.
7940 int parse (const std::string& f);
7941 std::string file;
7942 bool trace_parsing;
7943 @end example
7944
7945 @noindent
7946 To demonstrate pure handling of parse errors, instead of simply
7947 dumping them on the standard error output, we will pass them to the
7948 compiler driver using the following two member functions. Finally, we
7949 close the class declaration and CPP guard.
7950
7951 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7952 @example
7953 // Error handling.
7954 void error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m);
7955 void error (const std::string& m);
7956 @};
7957 #endif // ! CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7958 @end example
7959
7960 The implementation of the driver is straightforward. The @code{parse}
7961 member function deserves some attention. The @code{error} functions
7962 are simple stubs, they should actually register the located error
7963 messages and set error state.
7964
7965 @comment file: calc++-driver.cc
7966 @example
7967 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7968 #include "calc++-parser.hh"
7969
7970 calcxx_driver::calcxx_driver ()
7971 : trace_scanning (false), trace_parsing (false)
7972 @{
7973 variables["one"] = 1;
7974 variables["two"] = 2;
7975 @}
7976
7977 calcxx_driver::~calcxx_driver ()
7978 @{
7979 @}
7980
7981 int
7982 calcxx_driver::parse (const std::string &f)
7983 @{
7984 file = f;
7985 scan_begin ();
7986 yy::calcxx_parser parser (*this);
7987 parser.set_debug_level (trace_parsing);
7988 int res = parser.parse ();
7989 scan_end ();
7990 return res;
7991 @}
7992
7993 void
7994 calcxx_driver::error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m)
7995 @{
7996 std::cerr << l << ": " << m << std::endl;
7997 @}
7998
7999 void
8000 calcxx_driver::error (const std::string& m)
8001 @{
8002 std::cerr << m << std::endl;
8003 @}
8004 @end example
8005
8006 @node Calc++ Parser
8007 @subsubsection Calc++ Parser
8008
8009 The parser definition file @file{calc++-parser.yy} starts by asking for
8010 the C++ LALR(1) skeleton, the creation of the parser header file, and
8011 specifies the name of the parser class. Because the C++ skeleton
8012 changed several times, it is safer to require the version you designed
8013 the grammar for.
8014
8015 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8016 @example
8017 %language "C++" /* -*- C++ -*- */
8018 %require "@value{VERSION}"
8019 %defines
8020 %define parser_class_name "calcxx_parser"
8021 @end example
8022
8023 @noindent
8024 @findex %code requires
8025 Then come the declarations/inclusions needed to define the
8026 @code{%union}. Because the parser uses the parsing driver and
8027 reciprocally, both cannot include the header of the other. Because the
8028 driver's header needs detailed knowledge about the parser class (in
8029 particular its inner types), it is the parser's header which will simply
8030 use a forward declaration of the driver.
8031 @xref{Decl Summary, ,%code}.
8032
8033 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8034 @example
8035 %code requires @{
8036 # include <string>
8037 class calcxx_driver;
8038 @}
8039 @end example
8040
8041 @noindent
8042 The driver is passed by reference to the parser and to the scanner.
8043 This provides a simple but effective pure interface, not relying on
8044 global variables.
8045
8046 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8047 @example
8048 // The parsing context.
8049 %parse-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
8050 %lex-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
8051 @end example
8052
8053 @noindent
8054 Then we request the location tracking feature, and initialize the
8055 first location's file name. Afterwards new locations are computed
8056 relatively to the previous locations: the file name will be
8057 automatically propagated.
8058
8059 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8060 @example
8061 %locations
8062 %initial-action
8063 @{
8064 // Initialize the initial location.
8065 @@$.begin.filename = @@$.end.filename = &driver.file;
8066 @};
8067 @end example
8068
8069 @noindent
8070 Use the two following directives to enable parser tracing and verbose
8071 error messages.
8072
8073 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8074 @example
8075 %debug
8076 %error-verbose
8077 @end example
8078
8079 @noindent
8080 Semantic values cannot use ``real'' objects, but only pointers to
8081 them.
8082
8083 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8084 @example
8085 // Symbols.
8086 %union
8087 @{
8088 int ival;
8089 std::string *sval;
8090 @};
8091 @end example
8092
8093 @noindent
8094 @findex %code
8095 The code between @samp{%code @{} and @samp{@}} is output in the
8096 @file{*.cc} file; it needs detailed knowledge about the driver.
8097
8098 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8099 @example
8100 %code @{
8101 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
8102 @}
8103 @end example
8104
8105
8106 @noindent
8107 The token numbered as 0 corresponds to end of file; the following line
8108 allows for nicer error messages referring to ``end of file'' instead
8109 of ``$end''. Similarly user friendly named are provided for each
8110 symbol. Note that the tokens names are prefixed by @code{TOKEN_} to
8111 avoid name clashes.
8112
8113 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8114 @example
8115 %token END 0 "end of file"
8116 %token ASSIGN ":="
8117 %token <sval> IDENTIFIER "identifier"
8118 %token <ival> NUMBER "number"
8119 %type <ival> exp
8120 @end example
8121
8122 @noindent
8123 To enable memory deallocation during error recovery, use
8124 @code{%destructor}.
8125
8126 @c FIXME: Document %printer, and mention that it takes a braced-code operand.
8127 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8128 @example
8129 %printer @{ debug_stream () << *$$; @} "identifier"
8130 %destructor @{ delete $$; @} "identifier"
8131
8132 %printer @{ debug_stream () << $$; @} <ival>
8133 @end example
8134
8135 @noindent
8136 The grammar itself is straightforward.
8137
8138 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8139 @example
8140 %%
8141 %start unit;
8142 unit: assignments exp @{ driver.result = $2; @};
8143
8144 assignments: assignments assignment @{@}
8145 | /* Nothing. */ @{@};
8146
8147 assignment:
8148 "identifier" ":=" exp
8149 @{ driver.variables[*$1] = $3; delete $1; @};
8150
8151 %left '+' '-';
8152 %left '*' '/';
8153 exp: exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
8154 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
8155 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
8156 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
8157 | "identifier" @{ $$ = driver.variables[*$1]; delete $1; @}
8158 | "number" @{ $$ = $1; @};
8159 %%
8160 @end example
8161
8162 @noindent
8163 Finally the @code{error} member function registers the errors to the
8164 driver.
8165
8166 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8167 @example
8168 void
8169 yy::calcxx_parser::error (const yy::calcxx_parser::location_type& l,
8170 const std::string& m)
8171 @{
8172 driver.error (l, m);
8173 @}
8174 @end example
8175
8176 @node Calc++ Scanner
8177 @subsubsection Calc++ Scanner
8178
8179 The Flex scanner first includes the driver declaration, then the
8180 parser's to get the set of defined tokens.
8181
8182 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8183 @example
8184 %@{ /* -*- C++ -*- */
8185 # include <cstdlib>
8186 # include <errno.h>
8187 # include <limits.h>
8188 # include <string>
8189 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
8190 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
8191
8192 /* Work around an incompatibility in flex (at least versions
8193 2.5.31 through 2.5.33): it generates code that does
8194 not conform to C89. See Debian bug 333231
8195 <http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=333231>. */
8196 # undef yywrap
8197 # define yywrap() 1
8198
8199 /* By default yylex returns int, we use token_type.
8200 Unfortunately yyterminate by default returns 0, which is
8201 not of token_type. */
8202 #define yyterminate() return token::END
8203 %@}
8204 @end example
8205
8206 @noindent
8207 Because there is no @code{#include}-like feature we don't need
8208 @code{yywrap}, we don't need @code{unput} either, and we parse an
8209 actual file, this is not an interactive session with the user.
8210 Finally we enable the scanner tracing features.
8211
8212 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8213 @example
8214 %option noyywrap nounput batch debug
8215 @end example
8216
8217 @noindent
8218 Abbreviations allow for more readable rules.
8219
8220 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8221 @example
8222 id [a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z_0-9]*
8223 int [0-9]+
8224 blank [ \t]
8225 @end example
8226
8227 @noindent
8228 The following paragraph suffices to track locations accurately. Each
8229 time @code{yylex} is invoked, the begin position is moved onto the end
8230 position. Then when a pattern is matched, the end position is
8231 advanced of its width. In case it matched ends of lines, the end
8232 cursor is adjusted, and each time blanks are matched, the begin cursor
8233 is moved onto the end cursor to effectively ignore the blanks
8234 preceding tokens. Comments would be treated equally.
8235
8236 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8237 @example
8238 %@{
8239 # define YY_USER_ACTION yylloc->columns (yyleng);
8240 %@}
8241 %%
8242 %@{
8243 yylloc->step ();
8244 %@}
8245 @{blank@}+ yylloc->step ();
8246 [\n]+ yylloc->lines (yyleng); yylloc->step ();
8247 @end example
8248
8249 @noindent
8250 The rules are simple, just note the use of the driver to report errors.
8251 It is convenient to use a typedef to shorten
8252 @code{yy::calcxx_parser::token::identifier} into
8253 @code{token::identifier} for instance.
8254
8255 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8256 @example
8257 %@{
8258 typedef yy::calcxx_parser::token token;
8259 %@}
8260 /* Convert ints to the actual type of tokens. */
8261 [-+*/] return yy::calcxx_parser::token_type (yytext[0]);
8262 ":=" return token::ASSIGN;
8263 @{int@} @{
8264 errno = 0;
8265 long n = strtol (yytext, NULL, 10);
8266 if (! (INT_MIN <= n && n <= INT_MAX && errno != ERANGE))
8267 driver.error (*yylloc, "integer is out of range");
8268 yylval->ival = n;
8269 return token::NUMBER;
8270 @}
8271 @{id@} yylval->sval = new std::string (yytext); return token::IDENTIFIER;
8272 . driver.error (*yylloc, "invalid character");
8273 %%
8274 @end example
8275
8276 @noindent
8277 Finally, because the scanner related driver's member function depend
8278 on the scanner's data, it is simpler to implement them in this file.
8279
8280 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8281 @example
8282 void
8283 calcxx_driver::scan_begin ()
8284 @{
8285 yy_flex_debug = trace_scanning;
8286 if (file == "-")
8287 yyin = stdin;
8288 else if (!(yyin = fopen (file.c_str (), "r")))
8289 @{
8290 error (std::string ("cannot open ") + file);
8291 exit (1);
8292 @}
8293 @}
8294
8295 void
8296 calcxx_driver::scan_end ()
8297 @{
8298 fclose (yyin);
8299 @}
8300 @end example
8301
8302 @node Calc++ Top Level
8303 @subsubsection Calc++ Top Level
8304
8305 The top level file, @file{calc++.cc}, poses no problem.
8306
8307 @comment file: calc++.cc
8308 @example
8309 #include <iostream>
8310 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
8311
8312 int
8313 main (int argc, char *argv[])
8314 @{
8315 calcxx_driver driver;
8316 for (++argv; argv[0]; ++argv)
8317 if (*argv == std::string ("-p"))
8318 driver.trace_parsing = true;
8319 else if (*argv == std::string ("-s"))
8320 driver.trace_scanning = true;
8321 else if (!driver.parse (*argv))
8322 std::cout << driver.result << std::endl;
8323 @}
8324 @end example
8325
8326 @node Java Parsers
8327 @section Java Parsers
8328
8329 @menu
8330 * Java Bison Interface:: Asking for Java parser generation
8331 * Java Semantic Values:: %type and %token vs. Java
8332 * Java Location Values:: The position and location classes
8333 * Java Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
8334 * Java Scanner Interface:: Java scanners, and pure parsers
8335 * Java Differences:: Differences between C/C++ and Java Grammars
8336 @end menu
8337
8338 @node Java Bison Interface
8339 @subsection Java Bison Interface
8340 @c - %language "Java"
8341 @c - initial action
8342
8343 The Java parser skeletons are selected using a language directive,
8344 @samp{%language "Java"}, or the synonymous command-line option
8345 @option{--language=java}.
8346
8347 When run, @command{bison} will create several entities whose name
8348 starts with @samp{YY}. Use the @samp{%name-prefix} directive to
8349 change the prefix, see @ref{Decl Summary}; classes can be placed
8350 in an arbitrary Java package using a @samp{%define package} section.
8351
8352 The parser class defines an inner class, @code{Location}, that is used
8353 for location tracking. If the parser is pure, it also defines an
8354 inner interface, @code{Lexer}; see~@ref{Java Scanner Interface} for the
8355 meaning of pure parsers when the Java language is chosen. Other than
8356 these inner class/interface, and the members described in~@ref{Java
8357 Parser Interface}, all the other members and fields are preceded
8358 with a @code{yy} prefix to avoid clashes with user code.
8359
8360 No header file can be generated for Java parsers; you must not pass
8361 @option{-d}/@option{--defines} to @command{bison}, nor use the
8362 @samp{%defines} directive.
8363
8364 By default, the @samp{YYParser} class has package visibility. A
8365 declaration @samp{%define "public"} will change to public visibility.
8366 Remember that, according to the Java language specification, the name
8367 of the @file{.java} file should match the name of the class in this
8368 case.
8369
8370 Similarly, a declaration @samp{%define "abstract"} will make your
8371 class abstract.
8372
8373 You can create documentation for generated parsers using Javadoc.
8374
8375 @node Java Semantic Values
8376 @subsection Java Semantic Values
8377 @c - No %union, specify type in %type/%token.
8378 @c - YYSTYPE
8379 @c - Printer and destructor
8380
8381 There is no @code{%union} directive in Java parsers. Instead, the
8382 semantic values' types (class names) should be specified in the
8383 @code{%type} or @code{%token} directive:
8384
8385 @example
8386 %type <Expression> expr assignment_expr term factor
8387 %type <Integer> number
8388 @end example
8389
8390 By default, the semantic stack is declared to have @code{Object} members,
8391 which means that the class types you specify can be of any class.
8392 To improve the type safety of the parser, you can declare the common
8393 superclass of all the semantic values using the @samp{%define} directive.
8394 For example, after the following declaration:
8395
8396 @example
8397 %define "stype" "ASTNode"
8398 @end example
8399
8400 @noindent
8401 any @code{%type} or @code{%token} specifying a semantic type which
8402 is not a subclass of ASTNode, will cause a compile-time error.
8403
8404 Types used in the directives may be qualified with a package name.
8405 Primitive data types are accepted for Java version 1.5 or later. Note
8406 that in this case the autoboxing feature of Java 1.5 will be used.
8407
8408 Java parsers do not support @code{%destructor}, since the language
8409 adopts garbage collection. The parser will try to hold references
8410 to semantic values for as little time as needed.
8411
8412 Java parsers do not support @code{%printer}, as @code{toString()}
8413 can be used to print the semantic values. This however may change
8414 (in a backwards-compatible way) in future versions of Bison.
8415
8416
8417 @node Java Location Values
8418 @subsection Java Location Values
8419 @c - %locations
8420 @c - class Position
8421 @c - class Location
8422
8423 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the Java parser
8424 supports location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
8425 An auxiliary user-defined class defines a @dfn{position}, a single point
8426 in a file; Bison itself defines a class representing a @dfn{location},
8427 a range composed of a pair of positions (possibly spanning several
8428 files). The location class is an inner class of the parser; the name
8429 is @code{Location} by default, may also be renamed using @code{%define
8430 "location_type" "@var{class-name}}.
8431
8432 The location class treats the position as a completely opaque value.
8433 By default, the class name is @code{Position}, but this can be changed
8434 with @code{%define "position_type" "@var{class-name}"}.
8435
8436
8437 @deftypemethod {Location} {Position} begin
8438 @deftypemethodx {Location} {Position} end
8439 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
8440 @end deftypemethod
8441
8442 @deftypemethod {Location} {void} toString ()
8443 Prints the range represented by the location. For this to work
8444 properly, the position class should override the @code{equals} and
8445 @code{toString} methods appropriately.
8446 @end deftypemethod
8447
8448
8449 @node Java Parser Interface
8450 @subsection Java Parser Interface
8451 @c - define parser_class_name
8452 @c - Ctor
8453 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
8454 @c debug_stream.
8455 @c - Reporting errors
8456
8457 The output file defines the parser class in the package optionally
8458 indicated in the @code{%define package} section. The class name defaults
8459 to @code{YYParser}. The @code{YY} prefix may be changed using
8460 @samp{%name-prefix}; alternatively, you can use @samp{%define
8461 "parser_class_name" "@var{name}"} to give a custom name to the class.
8462 The interface of this class is detailed below. It can be extended using
8463 the @code{%parse-param} directive; each occurrence of the directive will
8464 add a field to the parser class, and an argument to its constructor.
8465
8466 @deftypemethod {YYParser} {} YYParser (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
8467 Build a new parser object. There are no arguments by default, unless
8468 @samp{%parse-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} was used.
8469 @end deftypemethod
8470
8471 @deftypemethod {YYParser} {boolean} parse ()
8472 Run the syntactic analysis, and return @code{true} on success,
8473 @code{false} otherwise.
8474 @end deftypemethod
8475
8476 @deftypemethod {YYParser} {boolean} recovering ()
8477 During the syntactic analysis, return @code{true} if recovering
8478 from a syntax error. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8479 @end deftypemethod
8480
8481 @deftypemethod {YYParser} {java.io.PrintStream} getDebugStream ()
8482 @deftypemethodx {YYParser} {void} setDebugStream (java.io.printStream @var{o})
8483 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to
8484 @code{System.err}.
8485 @end deftypemethod
8486
8487 @deftypemethod {YYParser} {int} getDebugLevel ()
8488 @deftypemethodx {YYParser} {void} setDebugLevel (int @var{l})
8489 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
8490 or nonzero, full tracing.
8491 @end deftypemethod
8492
8493 @deftypemethod {YYParser} {void} error (Location @var{l}, String @var{m})
8494 The definition for this member function must be supplied by the user
8495 in the same way as the scanner interface (@pxref{Java Scanner
8496 Interface}); the parser uses it to report a parser error occurring at
8497 @var{l}, described by @var{m}.
8498 @end deftypemethod
8499
8500
8501 @node Java Scanner Interface
8502 @subsection Java Scanner Interface
8503 @c - %code lexer
8504 @c - %lex-param
8505 @c - Lexer interface
8506
8507 Contrary to C parsers, Java parsers do not use global variables; the
8508 state of the parser is always local to an instance of the parser class.
8509 Therefore, all Java parsers are ``pure'', and the @code{%pure-parser}
8510 directive does not do anything when used in Java.
8511
8512 The scanner always resides in a separate class than the parser.
8513 Still, Java also two possible ways to interface a Bison-generated Java
8514 parser with a scanner, that is, the scanner may reside in a separate file
8515 than the Bison grammar, or in the same file. The interface
8516 to the scanner is similar in the two cases.
8517
8518 In the first case, where the scanner in the same file as the grammar, the
8519 scanner code has to be placed in @code{%code lexer} blocks. If you want
8520 to pass parameters from the parser constructor to the scanner constructor,
8521 specify them with @code{%lex-param}; they are passed before
8522 @code{%parse-param}s to the constructor.
8523
8524 In the second case, the scanner has to implement interface @code{Lexer},
8525 which is defined within the parser class (e.g., @code{YYParser.Lexer}).
8526 The constructor of the parser object will then accept an object
8527 implementing the interface; @code{%lex-param} is not used in this
8528 case.
8529
8530 In both cases, the scanner has to implement the following methods.
8531
8532 @deftypemethod {Lexer} {void} yyerror (Location @var{l}, String @var{m})
8533 As explained in @pxref{Java Parser Interface}, this method is defined
8534 by the user to emit an error message. The first parameter is omitted
8535 if location tracking is not active. Its type can be changed using
8536 @samp{%define "location_type" "@var{class-name}".}
8537 @end deftypemethod
8538
8539 @deftypemethod {Lexer} {int} yylex (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
8540 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
8541 value and location are saved and returned by the ther methods in the
8542 interface. Invocations of @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1}
8543 @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
8544 @end deftypemethod
8545
8546 @deftypemethod {Lexer} {Position} getStartPos ()
8547 @deftypemethodx {Lexer} {Position} getEndPos ()
8548 Return respectively the first position of the last token that
8549 @code{yylex} returned, and the first position beyond it. These
8550 methods are not needed unless location tracking is active.
8551
8552 The return type can be changed using @samp{%define "position_type"
8553 "@var{class-name}".}
8554 @end deftypemethod
8555
8556 @deftypemethod {Lexer} {Object} getLVal ()
8557 Return respectively the first position of the last token that yylex
8558 returned, and the first position beyond it.
8559
8560 The return type can be changed using @samp{%define "stype"
8561 "@var{class-name}".}
8562 @end deftypemethod
8563
8564
8565 If @code{%pure-parser} is not specified, the lexer interface
8566 resides in the same class (@code{YYParser}) as the Bison-generated
8567 parser. The fields and methods that are provided to
8568 this end are as follows.
8569
8570 @deftypemethod {YYParser} {void} error (Location @var{l}, String @var{m})
8571 As explained in @pxref{Java Parser Interface}, this method is defined
8572 by the user to emit an error message. The first parameter is not used
8573 unless location tracking is active. Its type can be changed using
8574 @samp{%define "location_type" "@var{class-name}".}
8575 @end deftypemethod
8576
8577 @deftypemethod {YYParser} {int} yylex (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
8578 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
8579 value and location are saved into @code{yylval}, @code{yystartpos},
8580 @code{yyendpos}. Invocations of @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1}
8581 @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
8582 @end deftypemethod
8583
8584 @deftypecv {Field} {YYParser} Position yystartpos
8585 @deftypecvx {Field} {YYParser} Position yyendpos
8586 Contain respectively the first position of the last token that yylex
8587 returned, and the first position beyond it. These methods are not
8588 needed unless location tracking is active.
8589
8590 The field's type can be changed using @samp{%define "position_type"
8591 "@var{class-name}".}
8592 @end deftypecv
8593
8594 @deftypecv {Field} {YYParser} Object yylval
8595 Return respectively the first position of the last token that yylex
8596 returned, and the first position beyond it.
8597
8598 The field's type can be changed using @samp{%define "stype"
8599 "@var{class-name}".}
8600 @end deftypecv
8601
8602 @node Java Differences
8603 @subsection Differences between C/C++ and Java Grammars
8604
8605 The different structure of the Java language forces several differences
8606 between C/C++ grammars, and grammars designed for Java parsers. This
8607 section summarizes these differences.
8608
8609 @itemize
8610 @item
8611 Java lacks a preprocessor, so the @code{YYERROR}, @code{YYACCEPT},
8612 @code{YYABORT} symbols (@pxref{Table of Symbols}) cannot obviously be
8613 macros. Instead, they should be preceded by @code{return} when they
8614 appear in an action. The actual definition of these symbols is
8615 opaque to the Bison grammar, and it might change in the future. The
8616 only meaningful operation that you can do, is to return them.
8617
8618 Note that of these three symbols, only @code{YYACCEPT} and
8619 @code{YYABORT} will cause a return from the @code{yyparse}
8620 method@footnote{Java parsers include the actions in a separate
8621 method than @code{yyparse} in order to have an intuitive syntax that
8622 corresponds to these C macros.}.
8623
8624 @item
8625 The prolog declarations have a different meaning than in C/C++ code.
8626 @table @asis
8627 @item @code{%code imports}
8628 blocks are placed at the beginning of the Java source code. They may
8629 include copyright notices. For a @code{package} declarations, it is
8630 suggested to use @code{%define package} instead.
8631
8632 @item unqualified @code{%code}
8633 blocks are placed inside the parser class.
8634
8635 @item @code{%code lexer}
8636 blocks, if specified, should include the implementation of the
8637 scanner. If there is no such block, the scanner can be any class
8638 that implements the appropriate interface (see @pxref{Java Scanner
8639 Interface}).
8640 @end table
8641
8642 Other @code{%code} blocks are not supported in Java parsers.
8643 The epilogue has the same meaning as in C/C++ code and it can
8644 be used to define other classes used by the parser.
8645 @end itemize
8646
8647 @c ================================================= FAQ
8648
8649 @node FAQ
8650 @chapter Frequently Asked Questions
8651 @cindex frequently asked questions
8652 @cindex questions
8653
8654 Several questions about Bison come up occasionally. Here some of them
8655 are addressed.
8656
8657 @menu
8658 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
8659 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
8660 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
8661 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
8662 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars
8663 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
8664 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
8665 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
8666 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
8667 * More Languages:: Parsers in C++, Java, and so on
8668 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
8669 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
8670 @end menu
8671
8672 @node Memory Exhausted
8673 @section Memory Exhausted
8674
8675 @display
8676 My parser returns with error with a @samp{memory exhausted}
8677 message. What can I do?
8678 @end display
8679
8680 This question is already addressed elsewhere, @xref{Recursion,
8681 ,Recursive Rules}.
8682
8683 @node How Can I Reset the Parser
8684 @section How Can I Reset the Parser
8685
8686 The following phenomenon has several symptoms, resulting in the
8687 following typical questions:
8688
8689 @display
8690 I invoke @code{yyparse} several times, and on correct input it works
8691 properly; but when a parse error is found, all the other calls fail
8692 too. How can I reset the error flag of @code{yyparse}?
8693 @end display
8694
8695 @noindent
8696 or
8697
8698 @display
8699 My parser includes support for an @samp{#include}-like feature, in
8700 which case I run @code{yyparse} from @code{yyparse}. This fails
8701 although I did specify I needed a @code{%pure-parser}.
8702 @end display
8703
8704 These problems typically come not from Bison itself, but from
8705 Lex-generated scanners. Because these scanners use large buffers for
8706 speed, they might not notice a change of input file. As a
8707 demonstration, consider the following source file,
8708 @file{first-line.l}:
8709
8710 @verbatim
8711 %{
8712 #include <stdio.h>
8713 #include <stdlib.h>
8714 %}
8715 %%
8716 .*\n ECHO; return 1;
8717 %%
8718 int
8719 yyparse (char const *file)
8720 {
8721 yyin = fopen (file, "r");
8722 if (!yyin)
8723 exit (2);
8724 /* One token only. */
8725 yylex ();
8726 if (fclose (yyin) != 0)
8727 exit (3);
8728 return 0;
8729 }
8730
8731 int
8732 main (void)
8733 {
8734 yyparse ("input");
8735 yyparse ("input");
8736 return 0;
8737 }
8738 @end verbatim
8739
8740 @noindent
8741 If the file @file{input} contains
8742
8743 @verbatim
8744 input:1: Hello,
8745 input:2: World!
8746 @end verbatim
8747
8748 @noindent
8749 then instead of getting the first line twice, you get:
8750
8751 @example
8752 $ @kbd{flex -ofirst-line.c first-line.l}
8753 $ @kbd{gcc -ofirst-line first-line.c -ll}
8754 $ @kbd{./first-line}
8755 input:1: Hello,
8756 input:2: World!
8757 @end example
8758
8759 Therefore, whenever you change @code{yyin}, you must tell the
8760 Lex-generated scanner to discard its current buffer and switch to the
8761 new one. This depends upon your implementation of Lex; see its
8762 documentation for more. For Flex, it suffices to call
8763 @samp{YY_FLUSH_BUFFER} after each change to @code{yyin}. If your
8764 Flex-generated scanner needs to read from several input streams to
8765 handle features like include files, you might consider using Flex
8766 functions like @samp{yy_switch_to_buffer} that manipulate multiple
8767 input buffers.
8768
8769 If your Flex-generated scanner uses start conditions (@pxref{Start
8770 conditions, , Start conditions, flex, The Flex Manual}), you might
8771 also want to reset the scanner's state, i.e., go back to the initial
8772 start condition, through a call to @samp{BEGIN (0)}.
8773
8774 @node Strings are Destroyed
8775 @section Strings are Destroyed
8776
8777 @display
8778 My parser seems to destroy old strings, or maybe it loses track of
8779 them. Instead of reporting @samp{"foo", "bar"}, it reports
8780 @samp{"bar", "bar"}, or even @samp{"foo\nbar", "bar"}.
8781 @end display
8782
8783 This error is probably the single most frequent ``bug report'' sent to
8784 Bison lists, but is only concerned with a misunderstanding of the role
8785 of the scanner. Consider the following Lex code:
8786
8787 @verbatim
8788 %{
8789 #include <stdio.h>
8790 char *yylval = NULL;
8791 %}
8792 %%
8793 .* yylval = yytext; return 1;
8794 \n /* IGNORE */
8795 %%
8796 int
8797 main ()
8798 {
8799 /* Similar to using $1, $2 in a Bison action. */
8800 char *fst = (yylex (), yylval);
8801 char *snd = (yylex (), yylval);
8802 printf ("\"%s\", \"%s\"\n", fst, snd);
8803 return 0;
8804 }
8805 @end verbatim
8806
8807 If you compile and run this code, you get:
8808
8809 @example
8810 $ @kbd{flex -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
8811 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
8812 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
8813 "one
8814 two", "two"
8815 @end example
8816
8817 @noindent
8818 this is because @code{yytext} is a buffer provided for @emph{reading}
8819 in the action, but if you want to keep it, you have to duplicate it
8820 (e.g., using @code{strdup}). Note that the output may depend on how
8821 your implementation of Lex handles @code{yytext}. For instance, when
8822 given the Lex compatibility option @option{-l} (which triggers the
8823 option @samp{%array}) Flex generates a different behavior:
8824
8825 @example
8826 $ @kbd{flex -l -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
8827 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
8828 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
8829 "two", "two"
8830 @end example
8831
8832
8833 @node Implementing Gotos/Loops
8834 @section Implementing Gotos/Loops
8835
8836 @display
8837 My simple calculator supports variables, assignments, and functions,
8838 but how can I implement gotos, or loops?
8839 @end display
8840
8841 Although very pedagogical, the examples included in the document blur
8842 the distinction to make between the parser---whose job is to recover
8843 the structure of a text and to transmit it to subsequent modules of
8844 the program---and the processing (such as the execution) of this
8845 structure. This works well with so called straight line programs,
8846 i.e., precisely those that have a straightforward execution model:
8847 execute simple instructions one after the others.
8848
8849 @cindex abstract syntax tree
8850 @cindex @acronym{AST}
8851 If you want a richer model, you will probably need to use the parser
8852 to construct a tree that does represent the structure it has
8853 recovered; this tree is usually called the @dfn{abstract syntax tree},
8854 or @dfn{@acronym{AST}} for short. Then, walking through this tree,
8855 traversing it in various ways, will enable treatments such as its
8856 execution or its translation, which will result in an interpreter or a
8857 compiler.
8858
8859 This topic is way beyond the scope of this manual, and the reader is
8860 invited to consult the dedicated literature.
8861
8862
8863 @node Multiple start-symbols
8864 @section Multiple start-symbols
8865
8866 @display
8867 I have several closely related grammars, and I would like to share their
8868 implementations. In fact, I could use a single grammar but with
8869 multiple entry points.
8870 @end display
8871
8872 Bison does not support multiple start-symbols, but there is a very
8873 simple means to simulate them. If @code{foo} and @code{bar} are the two
8874 pseudo start-symbols, then introduce two new tokens, say
8875 @code{START_FOO} and @code{START_BAR}, and use them as switches from the
8876 real start-symbol:
8877
8878 @example
8879 %token START_FOO START_BAR;
8880 %start start;
8881 start: START_FOO foo
8882 | START_BAR bar;
8883 @end example
8884
8885 These tokens prevents the introduction of new conflicts. As far as the
8886 parser goes, that is all that is needed.
8887
8888 Now the difficult part is ensuring that the scanner will send these
8889 tokens first. If your scanner is hand-written, that should be
8890 straightforward. If your scanner is generated by Lex, them there is
8891 simple means to do it: recall that anything between @samp{%@{ ... %@}}
8892 after the first @code{%%} is copied verbatim in the top of the generated
8893 @code{yylex} function. Make sure a variable @code{start_token} is
8894 available in the scanner (e.g., a global variable or using
8895 @code{%lex-param} etc.), and use the following:
8896
8897 @example
8898 /* @r{Prologue.} */
8899 %%
8900 %@{
8901 if (start_token)
8902 @{
8903 int t = start_token;
8904 start_token = 0;
8905 return t;
8906 @}
8907 %@}
8908 /* @r{The rules.} */
8909 @end example
8910
8911
8912 @node Secure? Conform?
8913 @section Secure? Conform?
8914
8915 @display
8916 Is Bison secure? Does it conform to POSIX?
8917 @end display
8918
8919 If you're looking for a guarantee or certification, we don't provide it.
8920 However, Bison is intended to be a reliable program that conforms to the
8921 @acronym{POSIX} specification for Yacc. If you run into problems,
8922 please send us a bug report.
8923
8924 @node I can't build Bison
8925 @section I can't build Bison
8926
8927 @display
8928 I can't build Bison because @command{make} complains that
8929 @code{msgfmt} is not found.
8930 What should I do?
8931 @end display
8932
8933 Like most GNU packages with internationalization support, that feature
8934 is turned on by default. If you have problems building in the @file{po}
8935 subdirectory, it indicates that your system's internationalization
8936 support is lacking. You can re-configure Bison with
8937 @option{--disable-nls} to turn off this support, or you can install GNU
8938 gettext from @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gettext/} and re-configure
8939 Bison. See the file @file{ABOUT-NLS} for more information.
8940
8941
8942 @node Where can I find help?
8943 @section Where can I find help?
8944
8945 @display
8946 I'm having trouble using Bison. Where can I find help?
8947 @end display
8948
8949 First, read this fine manual. Beyond that, you can send mail to
8950 @email{help-bison@@gnu.org}. This mailing list is intended to be
8951 populated with people who are willing to answer questions about using
8952 and installing Bison. Please keep in mind that (most of) the people on
8953 the list have aspects of their lives which are not related to Bison (!),
8954 so you may not receive an answer to your question right away. This can
8955 be frustrating, but please try not to honk them off; remember that any
8956 help they provide is purely voluntary and out of the kindness of their
8957 hearts.
8958
8959 @node Bug Reports
8960 @section Bug Reports
8961
8962 @display
8963 I found a bug. What should I include in the bug report?
8964 @end display
8965
8966 Before you send a bug report, make sure you are using the latest
8967 version. Check @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/bison/} or one of its
8968 mirrors. Be sure to include the version number in your bug report. If
8969 the bug is present in the latest version but not in a previous version,
8970 try to determine the most recent version which did not contain the bug.
8971
8972 If the bug is parser-related, you should include the smallest grammar
8973 you can which demonstrates the bug. The grammar file should also be
8974 complete (i.e., I should be able to run it through Bison without having
8975 to edit or add anything). The smaller and simpler the grammar, the
8976 easier it will be to fix the bug.
8977
8978 Include information about your compilation environment, including your
8979 operating system's name and version and your compiler's name and
8980 version. If you have trouble compiling, you should also include a
8981 transcript of the build session, starting with the invocation of
8982 `configure'. Depending on the nature of the bug, you may be asked to
8983 send additional files as well (such as `config.h' or `config.cache').
8984
8985 Patches are most welcome, but not required. That is, do not hesitate to
8986 send a bug report just because you can not provide a fix.
8987
8988 Send bug reports to @email{bug-bison@@gnu.org}.
8989
8990 @node More Languages
8991 @section More Languages
8992
8993 @display
8994 Will Bison ever have C++ and Java support? How about @var{insert your
8995 favorite language here}?
8996 @end display
8997
8998 C++ and Java support is there now, and is documented. We'd love to add other
8999 languages; contributions are welcome.
9000
9001 @node Beta Testing
9002 @section Beta Testing
9003
9004 @display
9005 What is involved in being a beta tester?
9006 @end display
9007
9008 It's not terribly involved. Basically, you would download a test
9009 release, compile it, and use it to build and run a parser or two. After
9010 that, you would submit either a bug report or a message saying that
9011 everything is okay. It is important to report successes as well as
9012 failures because test releases eventually become mainstream releases,
9013 but only if they are adequately tested. If no one tests, development is
9014 essentially halted.
9015
9016 Beta testers are particularly needed for operating systems to which the
9017 developers do not have easy access. They currently have easy access to
9018 recent GNU/Linux and Solaris versions. Reports about other operating
9019 systems are especially welcome.
9020
9021 @node Mailing Lists
9022 @section Mailing Lists
9023
9024 @display
9025 How do I join the help-bison and bug-bison mailing lists?
9026 @end display
9027
9028 See @url{http://lists.gnu.org/}.
9029
9030 @c ================================================= Table of Symbols
9031
9032 @node Table of Symbols
9033 @appendix Bison Symbols
9034 @cindex Bison symbols, table of
9035 @cindex symbols in Bison, table of
9036
9037 @deffn {Variable} @@$
9038 In an action, the location of the left-hand side of the rule.
9039 @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
9040 @end deffn
9041
9042 @deffn {Variable} @@@var{n}
9043 In an action, the location of the @var{n}-th symbol of the right-hand
9044 side of the rule. @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
9045 @end deffn
9046
9047 @deffn {Variable} $$
9048 In an action, the semantic value of the left-hand side of the rule.
9049 @xref{Actions}.
9050 @end deffn
9051
9052 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
9053 In an action, the semantic value of the @var{n}-th symbol of the
9054 right-hand side of the rule. @xref{Actions}.
9055 @end deffn
9056
9057 @deffn {Delimiter} %%
9058 Delimiter used to separate the grammar rule section from the
9059 Bison declarations section or the epilogue.
9060 @xref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}.
9061 @end deffn
9062
9063 @c Don't insert spaces, or check the DVI output.
9064 @deffn {Delimiter} %@{@var{code}%@}
9065 All code listed between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} is copied directly to
9066 the output file uninterpreted. Such code forms the prologue of the input
9067 file. @xref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison
9068 Grammar}.
9069 @end deffn
9070
9071 @deffn {Construct} /*@dots{}*/
9072 Comment delimiters, as in C.
9073 @end deffn
9074
9075 @deffn {Delimiter} :
9076 Separates a rule's result from its components. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of
9077 Grammar Rules}.
9078 @end deffn
9079
9080 @deffn {Delimiter} ;
9081 Terminates a rule. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
9082 @end deffn
9083
9084 @deffn {Delimiter} |
9085 Separates alternate rules for the same result nonterminal.
9086 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
9087 @end deffn
9088
9089 @deffn {Directive} <*>
9090 Used to define a default tagged @code{%destructor} or default tagged
9091 @code{%printer}.
9092
9093 This feature is experimental.
9094 More user feedback will help to determine whether it should become a permanent
9095 feature.
9096
9097 @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
9098 @end deffn
9099
9100 @deffn {Directive} <>
9101 Used to define a default tagless @code{%destructor} or default tagless
9102 @code{%printer}.
9103
9104 This feature is experimental.
9105 More user feedback will help to determine whether it should become a permanent
9106 feature.
9107
9108 @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
9109 @end deffn
9110
9111 @deffn {Symbol} $accept
9112 The predefined nonterminal whose only rule is @samp{$accept: @var{start}
9113 $end}, where @var{start} is the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, , The
9114 Start-Symbol}. It cannot be used in the grammar.
9115 @end deffn
9116
9117 @deffn {Directive} %code @{@var{code}@}
9118 @deffnx {Directive} %code @var{qualifier} @{@var{code}@}
9119 Insert @var{code} verbatim into output parser source.
9120 @xref{Decl Summary,,%code}.
9121 @end deffn
9122
9123 @deffn {Directive} %debug
9124 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
9125 @end deffn
9126
9127 @deffn {Directive} %debug
9128 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
9129 @end deffn
9130
9131 @ifset defaultprec
9132 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
9133 Assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
9134 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
9135 Precedence}.
9136 @end deffn
9137 @end ifset
9138
9139 @deffn {Directive} %define @var{define-variable}
9140 @deffnx {Directive} %define @var{define-variable} @var{value}
9141 Define a variable to adjust Bison's behavior.
9142 @xref{Decl Summary,,%define}.
9143 @end deffn
9144
9145 @deffn {Directive} %defines
9146 Bison declaration to create a header file meant for the scanner.
9147 @xref{Decl Summary}.
9148 @end deffn
9149
9150 @deffn {Directive} %defines @var{defines-file}
9151 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
9152 @xref{Decl Summary}.
9153 @end deffn
9154
9155 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
9156 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
9157 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
9158 @end deffn
9159
9160 @deffn {Directive} %dprec
9161 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a rule that is used at parse
9162 time to resolve reduce/reduce conflicts. @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing
9163 @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
9164 @end deffn
9165
9166 @deffn {Symbol} $end
9167 The predefined token marking the end of the token stream. It cannot be
9168 used in the grammar.
9169 @end deffn
9170
9171 @deffn {Symbol} error
9172 A token name reserved for error recovery. This token may be used in
9173 grammar rules so as to allow the Bison parser to recognize an error in
9174 the grammar without halting the process. In effect, a sentence
9175 containing an error may be recognized as valid. On a syntax error, the
9176 token @code{error} becomes the current lookahead token. Actions
9177 corresponding to @code{error} are then executed, and the lookahead
9178 token is reset to the token that originally caused the violation.
9179 @xref{Error Recovery}.
9180 @end deffn
9181
9182 @deffn {Directive} %error-verbose
9183 Bison declaration to request verbose, specific error message strings
9184 when @code{yyerror} is called.
9185 @end deffn
9186
9187 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix "@var{prefix}"
9188 Bison declaration to set the prefix of the output files. @xref{Decl
9189 Summary}.
9190 @end deffn
9191
9192 @deffn {Directive} %glr-parser
9193 Bison declaration to produce a @acronym{GLR} parser. @xref{GLR
9194 Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
9195 @end deffn
9196
9197 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action
9198 Run user code before parsing. @xref{Initial Action Decl, , Performing Actions before Parsing}.
9199 @end deffn
9200
9201 @deffn {Directive} %language
9202 Specify the programming language for the generated parser.
9203 @xref{Decl Summary}.
9204 @end deffn
9205
9206 @deffn {Directive} %left
9207 Bison declaration to assign left associativity to token(s).
9208 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
9209 @end deffn
9210
9211 @deffn {Directive} %lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
9212 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
9213 @code{yylex} should accept. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions
9214 for Pure Parsers}.
9215 @end deffn
9216
9217 @deffn {Directive} %merge
9218 Bison declaration to assign a merging function to a rule. If there is a
9219 reduce/reduce conflict with a rule having the same merging function, the
9220 function is applied to the two semantic values to get a single result.
9221 @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
9222 @end deffn
9223
9224 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix "@var{prefix}"
9225 Bison declaration to rename the external symbols. @xref{Decl Summary}.
9226 @end deffn
9227
9228 @ifset defaultprec
9229 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
9230 Do not assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
9231 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
9232 Precedence}.
9233 @end deffn
9234 @end ifset
9235
9236 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
9237 Bison declaration to avoid generating @code{#line} directives in the
9238 parser file. @xref{Decl Summary}.
9239 @end deffn
9240
9241 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
9242 Bison declaration to assign nonassociativity to token(s).
9243 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
9244 @end deffn
9245
9246 @deffn {Directive} %output "@var{file}"
9247 Bison declaration to set the name of the parser file. @xref{Decl
9248 Summary}.
9249 @end deffn
9250
9251 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
9252 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
9253 @code{yyparse} should accept. @xref{Parser Function,, The Parser
9254 Function @code{yyparse}}.
9255 @end deffn
9256
9257 @deffn {Directive} %prec
9258 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a specific rule.
9259 @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
9260 @end deffn
9261
9262 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
9263 Bison declaration to request a pure (reentrant) parser.
9264 @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
9265 @end deffn
9266
9267 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
9268 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
9269 Require a Version of Bison}.
9270 @end deffn
9271
9272 @deffn {Directive} %right
9273 Bison declaration to assign right associativity to token(s).
9274 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
9275 @end deffn
9276
9277 @deffn {Directive} %skeleton
9278 Specify the skeleton to use; usually for development.
9279 @xref{Decl Summary}.
9280 @end deffn
9281
9282 @deffn {Directive} %start
9283 Bison declaration to specify the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, ,The
9284 Start-Symbol}.
9285 @end deffn
9286
9287 @deffn {Directive} %token
9288 Bison declaration to declare token(s) without specifying precedence.
9289 @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
9290 @end deffn
9291
9292 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
9293 Bison declaration to include a token name table in the parser file.
9294 @xref{Decl Summary}.
9295 @end deffn
9296
9297 @deffn {Directive} %type
9298 Bison declaration to declare nonterminals. @xref{Type Decl,
9299 ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
9300 @end deffn
9301
9302 @deffn {Symbol} $undefined
9303 The predefined token onto which all undefined values returned by
9304 @code{yylex} are mapped. It cannot be used in the grammar, rather, use
9305 @code{error}.
9306 @end deffn
9307
9308 @deffn {Directive} %union
9309 Bison declaration to specify several possible data types for semantic
9310 values. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
9311 @end deffn
9312
9313 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT
9314 Macro to pretend that an unrecoverable syntax error has occurred, by
9315 making @code{yyparse} return 1 immediately. The error reporting
9316 function @code{yyerror} is not called. @xref{Parser Function, ,The
9317 Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
9318
9319 For Java parsers, this functionality is invoked using @code{return YYABORT;}
9320 instead.
9321 @end deffn
9322
9323 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT
9324 Macro to pretend that a complete utterance of the language has been
9325 read, by making @code{yyparse} return 0 immediately.
9326 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
9327
9328 For Java parsers, this functionality is invoked using @code{return YYACCEPT;}
9329 instead.
9330 @end deffn
9331
9332 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP
9333 Macro to discard a value from the parser stack and fake a lookahead
9334 token. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
9335 @end deffn
9336
9337 @deffn {Variable} yychar
9338 External integer variable that contains the integer value of the
9339 lookahead token. (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within
9340 @code{yyparse}.) Error-recovery rule actions may examine this variable.
9341 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
9342 @end deffn
9343
9344 @deffn {Variable} yyclearin
9345 Macro used in error-recovery rule actions. It clears the previous
9346 lookahead token. @xref{Error Recovery}.
9347 @end deffn
9348
9349 @deffn {Macro} YYDEBUG
9350 Macro to define to equip the parser with tracing code. @xref{Tracing,
9351 ,Tracing Your Parser}.
9352 @end deffn
9353
9354 @deffn {Variable} yydebug
9355 External integer variable set to zero by default. If @code{yydebug}
9356 is given a nonzero value, the parser will output information on input
9357 symbols and parser action. @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
9358 @end deffn
9359
9360 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok
9361 Macro to cause parser to recover immediately to its normal mode
9362 after a syntax error. @xref{Error Recovery}.
9363 @end deffn
9364
9365 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR
9366 Macro to pretend that a syntax error has just been detected: call
9367 @code{yyerror} and then perform normal error recovery if possible
9368 (@pxref{Error Recovery}), or (if recovery is impossible) make
9369 @code{yyparse} return 1. @xref{Error Recovery}.
9370
9371 For Java parsers, this functionality is invoked using @code{return YYERROR;}
9372 instead.
9373 @end deffn
9374
9375 @deffn {Function} yyerror
9376 User-supplied function to be called by @code{yyparse} on error.
9377 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
9378 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
9379 @end deffn
9380
9381 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR_VERBOSE
9382 An obsolete macro that you define with @code{#define} in the prologue
9383 to request verbose, specific error message strings
9384 when @code{yyerror} is called. It doesn't matter what definition you
9385 use for @code{YYERROR_VERBOSE}, just whether you define it. Using
9386 @code{%error-verbose} is preferred.
9387 @end deffn
9388
9389 @deffn {Macro} YYINITDEPTH
9390 Macro for specifying the initial size of the parser stack.
9391 @xref{Memory Management}.
9392 @end deffn
9393
9394 @deffn {Function} yylex
9395 User-supplied lexical analyzer function, called with no arguments to get
9396 the next token. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function
9397 @code{yylex}}.
9398 @end deffn
9399
9400 @deffn {Macro} YYLEX_PARAM
9401 An obsolete macro for specifying an extra argument (or list of extra
9402 arguments) for @code{yyparse} to pass to @code{yylex}. The use of this
9403 macro is deprecated, and is supported only for Yacc like parsers.
9404 @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
9405 @end deffn
9406
9407 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
9408 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the line and column
9409 numbers associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
9410 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
9411 @code{yylex}.)
9412 You can ignore this variable if you don't use the @samp{@@} feature in the
9413 grammar actions.
9414 @xref{Token Locations, ,Textual Locations of Tokens}.
9415 In semantic actions, it stores the location of the lookahead token.
9416 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
9417 @end deffn
9418
9419 @deffn {Type} YYLTYPE
9420 Data type of @code{yylloc}; by default, a structure with four
9421 members. @xref{Location Type, , Data Types of Locations}.
9422 @end deffn
9423
9424 @deffn {Variable} yylval
9425 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the semantic
9426 value associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
9427 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
9428 @code{yylex}.)
9429 @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
9430 In semantic actions, it stores the semantic value of the lookahead token.
9431 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
9432 @end deffn
9433
9434 @deffn {Macro} YYMAXDEPTH
9435 Macro for specifying the maximum size of the parser stack. @xref{Memory
9436 Management}.
9437 @end deffn
9438
9439 @deffn {Variable} yynerrs
9440 Global variable which Bison increments each time it reports a syntax error.
9441 (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within @code{yyparse}.)
9442 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
9443 @end deffn
9444
9445 @deffn {Function} yyparse
9446 The parser function produced by Bison; call this function to start
9447 parsing. @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
9448 @end deffn
9449
9450 @deffn {Macro} YYPARSE_PARAM
9451 An obsolete macro for specifying the name of a parameter that
9452 @code{yyparse} should accept. The use of this macro is deprecated, and
9453 is supported only for Yacc like parsers. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling
9454 Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
9455 @end deffn
9456
9457 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
9458 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
9459 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
9460 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
9461 @end deffn
9462
9463 @deffn {Macro} YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
9464 Macro used to control the use of @code{alloca} when the C
9465 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser needs to extend its stacks. If defined to 0,
9466 the parser will use @code{malloc} to extend its stacks. If defined to
9467 1, the parser will use @code{alloca}. Values other than 0 and 1 are
9468 reserved for future Bison extensions. If not defined,
9469 @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} defaults to 0.
9470
9471 In the all-too-common case where your code may run on a host with a
9472 limited stack and with unreliable stack-overflow checking, you should
9473 set @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to a value that cannot possibly result in
9474 unchecked stack overflow on any of your target hosts when
9475 @code{alloca} is called. You can inspect the code that Bison
9476 generates in order to determine the proper numeric values. This will
9477 require some expertise in low-level implementation details.
9478 @end deffn
9479
9480 @deffn {Type} YYSTYPE
9481 Data type of semantic values; @code{int} by default.
9482 @xref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}.
9483 @end deffn
9484
9485 @node Glossary
9486 @appendix Glossary
9487 @cindex glossary
9488
9489 @table @asis
9490 @item Backus-Naur Form (@acronym{BNF}; also called ``Backus Normal Form'')
9491 Formal method of specifying context-free grammars originally proposed
9492 by John Backus, and slightly improved by Peter Naur in his 1960-01-02
9493 committee document contributing to what became the Algol 60 report.
9494 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
9495
9496 @item Context-free grammars
9497 Grammars specified as rules that can be applied regardless of context.
9498 Thus, if there is a rule which says that an integer can be used as an
9499 expression, integers are allowed @emph{anywhere} an expression is
9500 permitted. @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
9501 Grammars}.
9502
9503 @item Dynamic allocation
9504 Allocation of memory that occurs during execution, rather than at
9505 compile time or on entry to a function.
9506
9507 @item Empty string
9508 Analogous to the empty set in set theory, the empty string is a
9509 character string of length zero.
9510
9511 @item Finite-state stack machine
9512 A ``machine'' that has discrete states in which it is said to exist at
9513 each instant in time. As input to the machine is processed, the
9514 machine moves from state to state as specified by the logic of the
9515 machine. In the case of the parser, the input is the language being
9516 parsed, and the states correspond to various stages in the grammar
9517 rules. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
9518
9519 @item Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR})
9520 A parsing algorithm that can handle all context-free grammars, including those
9521 that are not @acronym{LALR}(1). It resolves situations that Bison's
9522 usual @acronym{LALR}(1)
9523 algorithm cannot by effectively splitting off multiple parsers, trying all
9524 possible parsers, and discarding those that fail in the light of additional
9525 right context. @xref{Generalized LR Parsing, ,Generalized
9526 @acronym{LR} Parsing}.
9527
9528 @item Grouping
9529 A language construct that is (in general) grammatically divisible;
9530 for example, `expression' or `declaration' in C@.
9531 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
9532
9533 @item Infix operator
9534 An arithmetic operator that is placed between the operands on which it
9535 performs some operation.
9536
9537 @item Input stream
9538 A continuous flow of data between devices or programs.
9539
9540 @item Language construct
9541 One of the typical usage schemas of the language. For example, one of
9542 the constructs of the C language is the @code{if} statement.
9543 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
9544
9545 @item Left associativity
9546 Operators having left associativity are analyzed from left to right:
9547 @samp{a+b+c} first computes @samp{a+b} and then combines with
9548 @samp{c}. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}.
9549
9550 @item Left recursion
9551 A rule whose result symbol is also its first component symbol; for
9552 example, @samp{expseq1 : expseq1 ',' exp;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
9553 Rules}.
9554
9555 @item Left-to-right parsing
9556 Parsing a sentence of a language by analyzing it token by token from
9557 left to right. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
9558
9559 @item Lexical analyzer (scanner)
9560 A function that reads an input stream and returns tokens one by one.
9561 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
9562
9563 @item Lexical tie-in
9564 A flag, set by actions in the grammar rules, which alters the way
9565 tokens are parsed. @xref{Lexical Tie-ins}.
9566
9567 @item Literal string token
9568 A token which consists of two or more fixed characters. @xref{Symbols}.
9569
9570 @item Lookahead token
9571 A token already read but not yet shifted. @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead
9572 Tokens}.
9573
9574 @item @acronym{LALR}(1)
9575 The class of context-free grammars that Bison (like most other parser
9576 generators) can handle; a subset of @acronym{LR}(1). @xref{Mystery
9577 Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}.
9578
9579 @item @acronym{LR}(1)
9580 The class of context-free grammars in which at most one token of
9581 lookahead is needed to disambiguate the parsing of any piece of input.
9582
9583 @item Nonterminal symbol
9584 A grammar symbol standing for a grammatical construct that can
9585 be expressed through rules in terms of smaller constructs; in other
9586 words, a construct that is not a token. @xref{Symbols}.
9587
9588 @item Parser
9589 A function that recognizes valid sentences of a language by analyzing
9590 the syntax structure of a set of tokens passed to it from a lexical
9591 analyzer.
9592
9593 @item Postfix operator
9594 An arithmetic operator that is placed after the operands upon which it
9595 performs some operation.
9596
9597 @item Reduction
9598 Replacing a string of nonterminals and/or terminals with a single
9599 nonterminal, according to a grammar rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison
9600 Parser Algorithm}.
9601
9602 @item Reentrant
9603 A reentrant subprogram is a subprogram which can be in invoked any
9604 number of times in parallel, without interference between the various
9605 invocations. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
9606
9607 @item Reverse polish notation
9608 A language in which all operators are postfix operators.
9609
9610 @item Right recursion
9611 A rule whose result symbol is also its last component symbol; for
9612 example, @samp{expseq1: exp ',' expseq1;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
9613 Rules}.
9614
9615 @item Semantics
9616 In computer languages, the semantics are specified by the actions
9617 taken for each instance of the language, i.e., the meaning of
9618 each statement. @xref{Semantics, ,Defining Language Semantics}.
9619
9620 @item Shift
9621 A parser is said to shift when it makes the choice of analyzing
9622 further input from the stream rather than reducing immediately some
9623 already-recognized rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
9624
9625 @item Single-character literal
9626 A single character that is recognized and interpreted as is.
9627 @xref{Grammar in Bison, ,From Formal Rules to Bison Input}.
9628
9629 @item Start symbol
9630 The nonterminal symbol that stands for a complete valid utterance in
9631 the language being parsed. The start symbol is usually listed as the
9632 first nonterminal symbol in a language specification.
9633 @xref{Start Decl, ,The Start-Symbol}.
9634
9635 @item Symbol table
9636 A data structure where symbol names and associated data are stored
9637 during parsing to allow for recognition and use of existing
9638 information in repeated uses of a symbol. @xref{Multi-function Calc}.
9639
9640 @item Syntax error
9641 An error encountered during parsing of an input stream due to invalid
9642 syntax. @xref{Error Recovery}.
9643
9644 @item Token
9645 A basic, grammatically indivisible unit of a language. The symbol
9646 that describes a token in the grammar is a terminal symbol.
9647 The input of the Bison parser is a stream of tokens which comes from
9648 the lexical analyzer. @xref{Symbols}.
9649
9650 @item Terminal symbol
9651 A grammar symbol that has no rules in the grammar and therefore is
9652 grammatically indivisible. The piece of text it represents is a token.
9653 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
9654 @end table
9655
9656 @node Copying This Manual
9657 @appendix Copying This Manual
9658
9659 @menu
9660 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
9661 @end menu
9662
9663 @include fdl.texi
9664
9665 @node Index
9666 @unnumbered Index
9667
9668 @printindex cp
9669
9670 @bye
9671
9672 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename settitle setchapternewpage finalout
9673 @c LocalWords: ifinfo smallbook shorttitlepage titlepage GPL FIXME iftex
9674 @c LocalWords: akim fn cp syncodeindex vr tp synindex dircategory direntry
9675 @c LocalWords: ifset vskip pt filll insertcopying sp ISBN Etienne Suvasa
9676 @c LocalWords: ifnottex yyparse detailmenu GLR RPN Calc var Decls Rpcalc
9677 @c LocalWords: rpcalc Lexer Gen Comp Expr ltcalc mfcalc Decl Symtab yylex
9678 @c LocalWords: yyerror pxref LR yylval cindex dfn LALR samp gpl BNF xref
9679 @c LocalWords: const int paren ifnotinfo AC noindent emph expr stmt findex
9680 @c LocalWords: glr YYSTYPE TYPENAME prog dprec printf decl init stmtMerge
9681 @c LocalWords: pre STDC GNUC endif yy YY alloca lf stddef stdlib YYDEBUG
9682 @c LocalWords: NUM exp subsubsection kbd Ctrl ctype EOF getchar isdigit
9683 @c LocalWords: ungetc stdin scanf sc calc ulator ls lm cc NEG prec yyerrok
9684 @c LocalWords: longjmp fprintf stderr yylloc YYLTYPE cos ln
9685 @c LocalWords: smallexample symrec val tptr FNCT fnctptr func struct sym
9686 @c LocalWords: fnct putsym getsym fname arith fncts atan ptr malloc sizeof
9687 @c LocalWords: strlen strcpy fctn strcmp isalpha symbuf realloc isalnum
9688 @c LocalWords: ptypes itype YYPRINT trigraphs yytname expseq vindex dtype
9689 @c LocalWords: Rhs YYRHSLOC LE nonassoc op deffn typeless yynerrs
9690 @c LocalWords: yychar yydebug msg YYNTOKENS YYNNTS YYNRULES YYNSTATES
9691 @c LocalWords: cparse clex deftypefun NE defmac YYACCEPT YYABORT param
9692 @c LocalWords: strncmp intval tindex lvalp locp llocp typealt YYBACKUP
9693 @c LocalWords: YYEMPTY YYEOF YYRECOVERING yyclearin GE def UMINUS maybeword
9694 @c LocalWords: Johnstone Shamsa Sadaf Hussain Tomita TR uref YYMAXDEPTH
9695 @c LocalWords: YYINITDEPTH stmnts ref stmnt initdcl maybeasm notype
9696 @c LocalWords: hexflag STR exdent itemset asis DYYDEBUG YYFPRINTF args
9697 @c LocalWords: infile ypp yxx outfile itemx tex leaderfill
9698 @c LocalWords: hbox hss hfill tt ly yyin fopen fclose ofirst gcc ll
9699 @c LocalWords: nbar yytext fst snd osplit ntwo strdup AST
9700 @c LocalWords: YYSTACK DVI fdl printindex